NUCLEAR POWER CORPORATION OF INDIA LIMITED · 2017-06-17 · NUCLEAR POWER CORPORATION OF INDIA...

E-SPT/SUPPLY-1

Tender Fees ₹ 2300/-

NUCLEAR POWER CORPORATION OF INDIA LIMITED (A Government of India Enterprise)

DIRECTORATE OF CONTRACTS & MATERIALS MANAGEMENT

TENDER NO. CMM/HMP/23-30-10-098

SECTION-A INVITATION TO TENDER AND TENDERING

CONDITIONS

SECTION -B CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

SECTION -C TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF STORES

SECTION -D FORMAT FOR SUBMISSION OF BID

SINGLE PART TENDER DOCUMENT

FOR

INDIGENOUS BIDDERS

FOR

Manufacturing, Inspection, Examination,

Testing, Documentation, Supply, Preservation, Packaging, Guarantee and Safe Delivery of

Ball Valves for KAPP-3&4 and RAPP-7&8

e-SPT/SUPPLY-1


DIRECTORATE OF CONTRACTS & MATERIALS MANAGEMENT

Phone No. 91-22-2599 3000 / 1000 Fax No. 91-22-2558 0741

Tender Section, A-'0' Block,

Ground Floor, Nabhikiya Urja Bhavan, Anushakti Nagar, Mumbai 400 094.

INVITATION TO TENDER

To M/s.

Tender No. CMM/HMP/23-30-10-098 Last Date & Time for Receipt of online-Bid

As per tender Details in NIT

*Date & Time of Opening of Tender

As per tender Details in NIT

Dear Sirs,

Sub: Manufacturing, Inspection, Examination, Testing, Documentation, Supply, Preservation, Packaging, Guarantee and Safe Delivery of Ball Valves for KAPP-3&4 and RAPP-7&8

For and on behalf of Nuclear Power Corporation of India Ltd., Executive Director, Directorate of Contracts & Materials Management invites bids in E-mode for the above plant/machinery/equipment/materials as detailed in Section- ‘C’ of this tender document. The conditions of contract which will govern the contract pursuant to the tender are as contained in Section-B of this tender document. If you are in a position to quote for the supply in accordance with the tender requirements, please submit your bid in the attached bidding forms i.e. TENDER FORM CMM-44A/Rev.4. Your bid must be submitted in E-mode at our NPCIL E-Tendering Web Site i.e. https://npcil.etenders.in on or before the due date and time mentioned above.

Yours faithfully,

Sd/- ( K.U. Agrawal ) Addl. Gen. Manager (C&MM) For and on behalf of Nuclear Power Corporation of India Ltd. (The Purchaser)

of 3

NUCLEAR POWER CORPORATION OF INDIA LIMITED

(A Government of India Enterprise)

DIRECTORATE OF CONTRACTS & MATERIALS MANAGEMENT e-Public Tender Notice No. 06/2017-01

Phone No. (022) 25994027 email: [email protected] Fax No. (022) 25580741

Executive Director, C&MM, on behalf of Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited (NPCIL) invites online (e-Tender) in Single Part from Indian bidders on E-tendering Portal of NPCIL as per the details given below: 1.1 Tender No. & Description : CMM/HMP/23-30-10-098 – Single Part Tender

for Manufacturing, Inspection, Examination, Testing, Documentation, Supply, Preservation, Packaging, Guarantee and Safe Delivery of Ball Valves for KAPP-3&4 and RAPP-7&8

1.2 Tender ID No. 27593

1.2 Tender Fee in Indian Rupees (Non-refundable) : ₹ 2300/-

1.3 Last Date & time for downloading of e-tender document : 25/07/2017 up to 11.00 Hrs. IST.

1.4 Offline Pre-Bid Meeting Date & Time : 03/07/2017 at 14.00 Hrs. IST.

1.5 Due Date & Time for online submission of e-bid

: 25/07/2017 up to 11.00 Hrs. IST.

1.6 Due Date & Time for online opening of e-bid : 25/07/2017 at 11.30 Hrs. IST.

A. QUALIFYING REQUIREMENTS: Refer Appendix-‘X’ of ITT, Section-‘A’ of the Tender. B. Note:

1. For complete description, tender document and participation details, please visit e tender website https://npcil.etenders.in Bidders who wish to participate in online tenders will have to enroll once with the website through the "Portal Enrollment for New Bidders" link provided on the home page. Bidder will create login id & password on their own in registration process.

of 3

2. Interested Bidders can view detailed tender notice and download tender documents free of cost from this website.

3. In case of Public Tender (PT) there is no restriction for participation in the Tender. However, the Tenderers are required to meet the Qualification Criteria stipulated under the tender.

4. Payment of Tender fee: a. The Tender Fee, if applicable, shall be paid ON-LINE as prescribed, through online

payment gateway facility available on this e-portal. Please ensure that the tender fee is submitted before the last date and time for downloading of the tenders and only upon which the participation in the tender process is allowed. Alternatively Micro and Small enterprises (MSE's) registered with District Industries Centre's or Khadi and Village Industries Commission or Khadi and Village Industries Board or Coir Board or National Small Industries Corporation(NSIC) or Directorate of Handicrafts and Handlooms or any other body specified by the Ministry of MSME are exempted from payment of Tender Fee. Soft copy of such valid certificate is to be uploaded as per the provisions in the e-Tender process and no physical document is accepted in this regard. Please note that the certificate shall be valid till Last Date & Time of Online Bid Submission. In case such a certificate claiming exemption from payment of Tender Fee is found to be defective or invalid, such bids shall be rejected.

b. The bidders are not allowed to do FINAL SUBMISSION of the bids without payment of Tender fee or uploading of the document claiming waiver of Tender fee. If such document claiming tender fee waiver is defective or invalid such bids shall be rejected.

c. Payment by any other physical mode i.e. cash, cheque, draft etc. is NOT acceptable. d. Bidders in their own interest are suggested to preserve the reference details of online

tender fee submission. e. Tender fee once submitted shall not be returned.

5. Bidders are advised to submit their bids well in time to avoid any last minute hindrance. 6. Bidders are required to quote "Bid Prices as well as Terms and Conditions" of bid in Online

Bidding Forms only. In case bidder is uploading "Prices/Terms and Conditions" in a separate attachment, the same shall not be considered for evaluation.

7. NPCIL reserves the right to accept / reject any or all bids in part / full without assigning any reason.

8. Changes / Corrigendum / Clarifications pertaining to the Tenders would be hosted on this website only and not in the NEWS print. As such the bidders are advised to visit the website for updates, if any.

9. NPCIL EMAIL ID FOR COMMUNICATION SPECIFIC TO TENDERS OR ANY OTHER QUERY PERTAINING TO TENDERS : [email protected]

10. Bidder who wish to participate in this tender needs to procure Digital Certificate as per Information Technology Act-2000 using that they can digitally sign their electronic bids. Bidders can procure the same from any or the CCA approved certifying agencies. Bidders who already have a valid digital Certificate need not to procure the same.

11. In case of any difficulties encountered towards accessing the website for Tenders or towards submitting the ON LINE bids or submission of ON LINE payment, bidders can contact,

Nextenders india Pvt. Ltd. Tel No. :020-25315555 Email : [email protected]

of 3

12. THERE ARE NO CHARGES FOR SUPPORT OR REGISTRATION FOR THE NPCIL e-TENDERING PORTAL.

13. Pre-Bid Meeting : Off-line Pre-bid meeting for providing clarifications to the tenderers will be held on 03.07.2017 at 14.00 Hrs. IST. in C&MM, NPCIL-HQ, NUB, Anushaktinagar, Mumbai-400 094. For this purpose, tenderers shall send their queries (both technical and commercial) in the format attached as Appendix ‘Y’ under Section-A of tender document on or before 29.06.2017 to [email protected] & [email protected] or alternatively they can raise their queries during the pre-bid meeting session.

14. The Pre-bid response / clarifications / information will be uploaded at our e-Tender website https://npcil.etenders.in

15. If the due date for opening of Tender / Pre-Bid Meeting happens to be a holiday in NPCIL, the same will be carried out on the next working day at the same time.

16. For query, if any, please contact Manager (Tender Section), C&MM, NPCIL, Nabhikiya Urja Bhavan, A-0 Block, Anushaktinagar, Mumbai – 400 094, INDIA (Contact No. 022-25994027)

17. Bidder shall upload documentary evidence w.r.t. above Qualifying Requirements alongwith offer.

18. The registration details provided for downloading shall be of the same vendor who is submitting the bid failing which such bids shall not be opened.

**********

SPT/SUPPLY-1

SECTION – A

1. INVITATION TO TENDER AND TENDERING CONDITIONS

2. Appendix ‘X’ ( Qualifying Criteria )

3. Appendix ‘Y’ ( Format for raising Techno-Commercial Queries )

E-SPT/SUPPLY-1


SECTION-A

INVITATION TO TENDER AND TENDERING CONDITIONS FOR SUPPLY OF INDIGENOUS STORES

(SINGLE PART E-TENDER) 1 Mode of Submission of E-bids 1.1 The bid (E-bid) shall be submitted in E-mode at our NPCIL E-Tendering Web Site i.e.

https://npcil.etenders.in on or before the due date and time mentioned below :-

Tender No. CMM/HMP/23-30-10-098 DATED As per Tender Details in NIT

Last date for submission of E-bids As per Tender Details in NIT

It is in the interest of the Tenderers to ensure that the e-Bids are submitted well in time. e-Bids shall be submitted only on our NPCIL e-Tendering Web Site i.e. https://npcil.etenders.in Bids in hard copy/any other form shall not be accepted in any case.

1.2 The Tender Fee as prescribed shall be paid ON-LINE, upon which the participation in the Tender

process is allowed. Micro and Small enterprises ( MSE’s) registered with District Industries Centres or Khadi and Village Industries Commission or Khadi and Village Industries Board or Coir Board or National Small Industries Corporation(NSIC) or Directorate of Handicrafts and Handlooms or any other body specified by the Ministry of MSME are exempted from payment of Tender Fee irrespective of the monetary limit mentioned in their registration certificate provided they furnish registration certificates valid as on the due date of submission of the Tender. Soft copy of such valid certificate is to be uploaded as per the provisions in the e-Tender process on or before the due date for e-Bid submission. In case such a certificate is found to be defective or invalid, such bids shall be rejected.

1.3 In case of Public Tender(PT) there is no restriction for participation in the Tender. However, the Tenderers are required to meet the Qualification Criteria stipulated, if any, under the Tender.

1.4 One Bid per Bidder: Each bidder shall submit only one e-Bid for this tender. A bidder who submits

or participates in more than one e-Bid for this tender will cause the bidder’s participation to be disqualified for all such e-bids.

In addition, if any Tender’s participation herein leads to Conflict of Interest, their bid is liable to be rejected.

2 Qualifying Requirements

2.1 Refer to Appendix ‘X’ for the details of the requirements need to be met by the bidders. 2.2 The bidders while submitting the e-Bid are required to upload all supporting documents /

information necessary for establishing their qualification in e-Envelope only on the e-portal.

NUCLEAR POWER CORPORATION OF INDIA LIMITED Invitation To Tender and Tendering Conditions for Supply of Indigenous Stores

e-SPT/SUPPLY-1 ITT 2 of 13

2.3 A bidder participating in this tender can participate either as a contractor or as a sub-contractor, but not as both contractor and sub-contractor of another contractor. However, a sub-contractor can participate as sub-contractor to more than one contractor.

2.4 Tender documents shall be downloaded by those bidders who prima facie meet the qualification requirements as in ITT clause 2.1 above. While the system may allow the submission of offer, such allowance shall not be construed to be automatic qualification of the Tenderer for this Tender

2.5 The bidder should not be under liquidation, court receivership or similar proceedings. 3 Expenses towards Submission of Quotations and Liability towards Site Visit / Work 3.1 The Purchaser shall not be responsible for expenses incurred towards preparation and submission

of e-Bid as well as other associated expenses such as site visits. 3.2 In case of erection and commissioning, repairs and such other jobs wherein the bidder’s personnel

or authorised representatives need to visit the Purchaser’s site, they can do so only after obtaining the prior permission of the Purchaser’s site authorities. However, such Tenderer’s whose personnel are granted permission, are deemed to have explicitly agreed to the condition that they shall indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser and its personnel from and against all liabilities with respect to personal injury, loss or damage to property and any other loss or expenses incurred by bidder’s personnel as a result of such visit.

4 Content of Tender Document 4.1 The scope of work, bidding procedures, contract terms and technical requirements are prescribed in

the bidding documents. The Tender documents include the following sections:

(a) Instruction Sheet (b) Section A: Invitation to Tender and Tendering Conditions (c) Section B: General Conditions of Contract and Special Conditions of Contract (d) Section C: Technical Specifications & Drawings (e) Section D: Format for Submission of E-bid.

4.2 The bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms, specifications and other

information in the tender documents. Failure to furnish all information required by the bidding documents or submission of a E-bid not substantially responsive to the bidding documents in every respect will be at the bidder’s risk and may result in rejection of their e-bid.

4.3 Clarification of Tender Documents: 4.3.1 The bidder shall be deemed to have carefully examined all Tender documents and obtained

clarifications from the Purchaser where needed, inspected and surveyed the Site and its surrounding and satisfied himself as to the form and nature of the Site, the quantities and nature of work and material necessary for the supply of the Stores and the means of access to the Site, the accommodation he may require and in general obtained all necessary information as to risks, contingencies and other circumstances which may influence or affect his tender, to his entire satisfaction before submitting the e-Bid.

4.3.2 In particular and without prejudice to the foregoing conditions and in addition thereto, when

tenders are called for furnishing the Particulars, the bidder’s tender to supply in accordance with such Particulars shall be deemed to be an admission on his part that he has fully acquainted himself with the details thereof and satisfied himself before tendering as to the correctness and sufficiency of his tender for the Stores and of the rates and prices quoted in



the Schedule of Quantities., The rates and prices shall, except as otherwise provided, cover all his obligations under the Contract and all matters and things necessary for the Supply of the Stores and Services.

4.3.3 The Tenderer acknowledges that any failure to acquaint itself with all such data and information

shall not relieve their responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successful execution of the Tender scope towards completion of the Particulars.

4.3.4 No claim on his part which may arise on account of non-examination or misunderstanding of the

Particulars and/or matter related to site will, in any circumstances, be considered payable by the Purchaser.

4.4 Pre-Bid Meeting: A pre-bid meeting for providing clarifications to the bidders will be held OFF-

LINE on 03.07.2017 at 14.00 Hrs. IST in C&MM, Nuclear Power Corporation of India Ltd., A-0 Block, Ground Floor, Anushaktinagar, Mumbai-400 094. Bidders participating in this Tender and who have enrolled in our e-portal (https://npcil.etenders.in ) can login and participate in the pre-bid meeting.. Bidders are requested to send their queries -both Technical and Commercial in advance to the e-mail addresses provided in NIT; within the due date and time prescribed for their submission (which would be at least three days, prior to date of pre-bid meeting, unless specified otherwise in ITT or NIT) as stipulated under the NIT. Queries / clarification / information sought in any other manner shall be ignored. In addition to pre-bid conversation history any offline queries / clarifications / information will be uploaded in the e-portal against the particular Tender ID under tab ‘Pre-Bid’. Any modification to the Tender, which may become necessary as a result of the pre-bid meeting, will be uploaded in the e-portal against the particular Tender ID. Bidders are requested to update themselves by visiting our e-portal (https://npcil.etenders.in) frequently. It may be noted that no queries will be entertained after the expiry of pre-bid meeting. Accordingly, it is requested that bidder along with their associates shall take part in the pre-bid meeting to ensure that tender requirements are clearly understood by all the stakeholders.

4.5 Amendments to Tender documents: The Purchaser reserves the right to issue any amendments,

corrigendum, clarifications, etc. to the Tender, giving reasonable time, prior to the last date and time of online bid submission. Bidders are requested to update themselves on our e-portal (https://npcil.etenders.in) the details such as pre-bid clarifications, corrigenda, addenda and other documents forming a part of the subject Tender, before submission of their e-bid.

5. Manner And Method For Submission Of Bids 5.1 All e-bids shall be made in ENGLISH in the prescribed form attached. e-Bids submitted in any

language other than ENGLISH must be accompanied by ENGLISH translation. Any printed literature submitted with the E-bid in any other language shall be accompanied by authentic English translation and for interpretation the English version shall prevail.

5.2 Technical portion of E-bid should contain/include only technical specifications, technical details,

literature, references of earlier supplies of similar equipment, drawings, quantity, time required for submission and approval of drawings, manufacturing and delivery schedule, inspection/testing procedures etc. Itemised list of spares and quantity recommended by the tenderer, if any, for purchase should also be included in the bid.

5.3 E-bid should be submitted in accordance with the format provided by the Purchaser at Section “D”

of this tender document. If any deviation or substitution from the technical specifications contained in Section “C” to this tender document is involved, such details should be clearly indicated in the E-bid and should be filled as Annexure-A of the bidding form of e-envelop, or otherwise it shall be an



admission on the part of the bidder that he will supply the equipment as specified by the purchaser. However, bidders may note that deviations or substitutions from the technical specifications may lead to rejection of their E-bid.

5.4 The bidders shall upload all drawings pertaining to the plant / machinery / equipment / component

along with their E-bid for correct understanding and appreciation of the tender. Bidder’s drawings will form part of the purchase order/contract only after these are approved by the purchaser.

5.5 Catalogues / Technical Literature: All necessary catalogues/drawing/technical literature data as

are considered essential for full and correct evaluation of the bids shall invariably be uploaded with the E-bid.

5.6 Instruction / Operation Manual: In respect of plant / machinery / equipment / instrument /

apparatus, where instruction/ operation manual is normally necessary to enable the user to put the plant/machinery / equipment / instrument / apparatus to proper use, the contractor shall furnish such an instruction/ operation manual specific to the stores being supplied along with the plant / machinery / equipment / instrument / apparatus. The bidder shall clearly specify in the bid about his readiness to supply instruction / operation manual.

5.7 Commercial portion (Annexure-B of section D) of the E-bid should contain bidder’s specific

confirmation regarding compliance of all commercial terms and conditions of the Tender as per ITT (Section-A), General Conditions of Contract and Special Conditions of Contract (Section B) and shall be submitted in online bidding forms. The Bidders, in addition, should mention applicability of Statutory Levies like Excise Duty, Sales Tax/VAT/CST, Octroi etc and all other related information.

5.8 Price portion of the E-bid should be furnished in online bidding forms only and as per Schedule to

Tender Form of Section-D of the tender document. 5.9 The system will not allow submitting E-bids after last date and time. Therefore, the bidder shall

ensure the submission of E-bids well within the due date and time. 5.10 Particulars of the Bidders: 5.10.1 The bidder shall upload the details, in case he is a partnership firm or Joint Hindu Family

concern, the names and full particulars of the partner or the member of the Joint Hindu Family owing the concern. The e-Bids must be digitally signed by the authorised representative of the firm and the document/s regarding authorisation shall be uploaded in the Part I e-Bid. The original of such documents are required to be furnished when sought by the Purchaser and in case of failure to do so, will make such bid liable to be rejected. The e-Bid must be digitally signed:

(a) In the event of the bidder being a sole proprietary concern by the sole proprietor or by

constituted attorney duly authorized to enter into and sign agreement on his behalf, including agreement to refer disputes arising under or relating to such agreements to arbitration by power of attorney signed by the proprietor and authenticated by a Notary Public or Magistrate.

(b) In the event of the bidder being a partnership firm, by all partners or by a constituted

attorney duly authorized to enter into and sign agreements on behalf of the partnership firm including agreements to refer disputes arising under or relating to such agreements to arbitration by a power of attorney duly executed by all the partners and authenticated by Notary Public or a Magistrate.

(c) In the event of the bidder being a Hindu Joint Family concern by the Karta of the Joint

Family when the bid is signed by a constituted attorney of the sole proprietor of a concern



or when the e-Bid is signed on behalf of the firms by a constituted attorney of its partners as provided in sub clause (a) and (b) above, then original power of attorney appointing him as such constituted attorney shall be supplied with the e-Bid or if a e-Bid is executed on behalf of a limited company but its constituted attorney as provided in sub cases (c) above, the original power of attorney along with the resolution (if required under its Articles of Association) authorizing the affixation of its common seal on the power of attorney and a copy of its Articles of Association shall be supplied with the e-Bid. If however, the power of attorney has been previously furnished to and approved by the Purchaser, the contractor need not send the same with the e-Bid.

5.11 Income Tax Registrations and other Registrations

The bidder shall submit along with their E-bid, the name and address of his bankers and the Income Tax Permanent Account Number (PAN). Further, if the bidders are registered with the Directorate General of Supplies and Disposals or the Executive Director, Directorate of Contracts and Materials Management, Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited, Directorate of Purchase & Stores, Department of Atomic Energy (DAE) as an approved supplier, they shall indicate in the E-bid such registration number, date and its validity date.

6 Validity of E-bids 6.1 E-bids shall be kept valid for acceptance for a period of 120 (one hundred and twenty) days from

the last date specified for receipt of E-bids. E-bids with shorter validity period will be liable for rejection.

7 Opening of Tenders 7.1 The tenders will be opened on-line at our NPCIL E-Tendering website i.e. https://npcil.etenders.in

as per schedule given in the tender document. In the case of Public Tender, after online opening of the E-bids, the details of the bids submitted by the bidders will be made available for all the participating bidders.

8 Terms and Conditions of the Contract 8.1 It must be clearly understood that any contract concluded pursuant to invitation to this tender shall

be governed by the General Conditions of Contract (GCC) and Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) given in Section B of this tender document. Tenderers must, therefore, take special care to go through these conditions of the contract. Tenders made subject to counter conditions or with deviations from the General Conditions of the Contract (GCC) / Special Conditions of Contract (SCC), (SECTION B) of this tender document are liable to be ignored. It should also be realized that failure to bring out deviations from the GCC and / or SCC contained in Section B of this tender document would imply that the tenderer is willing to execute the contract as per the Purchaser’s Terms and Conditions of the Contract.

8.2 Price Basis, Price Adjustment, Contract Currency and Payments Please refer Section B – GCC Clause nos. 5.



9 Taxes and Duties 9.1 E-bid prices shall be exclusive of all Indian Indirect Taxes payable in India for the final product /

services. 9.2 Fiscal Concessions In View Of Mega Power Project Status 9.2.1 Nuclear Power Project of capacity 440 MW or more has been notified as ‘Mega Power Project’.

Accordingly, Project is notified by the Government of India for eligibility of Fiscal Concession. As such the goods required for setting up these projects are subject to ‘NIL’ Customs duty as per the extant policy of Government of India (vide Customs Notification No. 12/2012 dated 17-03-2012 at Sr. No. 511 and as amended from time to time). Similarly, as per the Foreign Trade Policy 2015-2020 of Government of India, Domestic Contractors supplying goods for these projects under the procedures of National competitive bidding or International Competitive bidding shall be eligible for benefits of ‘Deemed Export’ which include refund of terminal excise duty (presently given under paragraph 7.02(h) and 7.04 of the Policy and paragraphs 7.02(d), 7.03(g) and 7.05(b) of Hand Book of Procedures) issued by the Director General of Foreign Trade, Department of Commerce, Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of India. In consideration of the aforesaid Fiscal Benefits, no customs duty and/or excise duty on goods shall, therefore, be payable/ reimbursable by the Purchaser to the Contractor.

9.2.2 The bidders are solely responsible for adherence and compliance with the necessary processes, procedures and documentation as may be stipulated by DGFT/Statutory Authorities connected in respect of availing such fiscal benefits. The purchaser, shall however, make available only the requisite documents or certifications as per the extant rules and procedures for availing the above exemptions/ concessions by the Contractor. Further, the bidder shall provide all the information required for issue of Project Authority/ Payment Certificate, as per Foreign Trade Policy 2015-2020 of the Government of India, in his bid. The Project Authority/Payment Certificate will be issued on this basis only and no subsequent change will be permitted. In this regard Chapter 7 - Deemed Export in the Foreign Trade Policy 2015-2020 and Hand Book of Procedures shall be referred to for ascertaining the above.

9.2.3 In the event of denial of the above mentioned fiscal benefits by the designated authorities to the Contractor, either on the basis of interpretation of the provisions of such benefits or due to change in law, such indirect taxes will be reimbursable by the purchaser at actual rates for the supplies made within the Contractual Delivery Dates. And for the supplies that are made beyond the Contractual Delivery Date, the reimbursement of taxes shall be made by the Purchaser limiting to the rates prevailing on the Contractual Delivery Date.

9.3 Service Tax: 9.3.1 Service Tax and Education Cess thereon, as applicable is payable at the rate prevailing within the

contractual delivery schedule. Purchaser shall not be liable to pay any increase in Service Tax, if completion and handing over of the facilities and / or submission of invoice for the same is delayed beyond the contractual delivery Schedule for reasons not attributable to the Purchaser. In case of imposition of Liquidated Damages pursuant to Clause 6.2 of General Condition of Contract, GCC/Supply-1/R-4, applicable Service Tax shall be borne by the Contractor.

9.4 Sales Tax, Value Added Tax, Other Local Levies: 9.4.1 Sales Tax, Local Taxes and other levies in respect of ‘Direct Transaction’ between the Purchaser

and the Contractor shall not be included in the price E-bid and shall be quoted separately. The scope of ‘Direct Transaction’ between the Purchaser and the Contractor comprises of the following:



a) Items manufactured and supplied by the Contractor. b) Items manufactured by the sub-contractor and supplied directly to the Purchaser without

routing through Contractor’s works and sub-contractor’s name and items to be supplied are indicated in the Purchase Order in case of inter-state transactions. This is not applicable for local within the state transactions.

9.4.2 State Sales Tax / Value Added Tax / Central Sales Tax for “Direct Transaction” as per ITT clause

9.4.1 above, where legally applicable and intended to be claimed should be distinctly shown. Where this is not done, no claim for State/Central Sales Tax will be admitted at any later stage and on any ground whatsoever.

9.4.3 a) For local (within the state) supplies, the Purchaser will reimburse VAT as charged by the

contractor as per the applicable rates. For inter-state supplies, Purchaser will issue Form – C and reimburse central sales tax as charged by Contractor at the applicable concessional rate (which is currently 2 per cent). In case of inter - state transaction on a sale in transit basis, Purchaser will issue Form – C and reimburse central sales tax at the applicable rates (which is currently 2 per cent) as charged by the Vendor to contractor.

b) For all items/materials to be supplied directly to the Purchaser by the Sub-contractor of the

Contractor, the Contractor shall effect Sale-in-Transit, where such Sub-contractor is located outside the state of the consignee (Purchaser).

For effecting the sale in transit, the Contractors shall ensure that his sub-vendor raises invoices in the Contractor’s name (and not in the name of Purchaser) with consignee as Purchaser’s site and obtains GR/LR/RR in the name of Contractor (and not in the name of Purchaser) with the consignee as Purchaser’s site. The Contractor shall further ensure that he endorses the GR/LR/RR in the name of the Purchaser during transit of the equipment before the delivery of equipments is taken by the Purchaser.

9.4.4 Entry tax will be reimbursed by the Purchaser only in case of inter-state supplies. 9.4.5 When State Sales Tax / Value Added Tax/ Central Sales Tax is claimed as extra by the Contractor /

supplier in general and on packing charges in particular the following certificates by the Contractors should be submitted to the paying authority with the invoices.

(a) Certified that the goods and packing charges on which State Sales Tax / Value Added Tax /

Central sales tax has been charged has not been exempted under the Central Sales Tax or the State Sales Tax Act / Value Added Tax or the rules made there under and the amount charged on account of sales tax on these goods and packing charges are not more than what is payable under the relevant act or the rules there under.

(b) Certified further that we have actually paid State Sales Tax / Value Added Tax / Central Sales

Tax and are being assessed to Sales Tax on packing charges and also that where there are statutory exemptions, under the relevant act / law of the State Government concerned, we have availed ourselves of it and certified non availability of such provision for Sales Tax on packing charges wherever claimed.

(c) Certified that in respect of amount claimed in the bill no claim is pending for refund/or is

admissible. Certified that in the event of our getting refund in whole or in part of the element of State Sales Tax / Value Added Tax / Central Sales Tax on packing charges, claimed from Government, we shall pass on the benefit to the Purchaser by remitting the amount equivalent to the amount of refund obtained by us.



(d) Certified further that we (our Branch or Agent) _________________________________

(address) _________________________________________________ are registered as dealers in the state of __________________________________________ under Local Regn. No. _____________________________________________________ and in the state of ____________________________________________________ under central Regn. No. ______________________________________ for the purpose of Sales Tax.

9.5 Any Other Statutory Levies / Indirect Taxes: 9.5.1 In case of any other new indirect taxes / cess, if levied by Government during the contractual

delivery period, the same shall be reimbursed / paid by the Purchaser, as the case may be, at actual against documentary evidence. This provision shall not apply to changes in Personal Income tax or Corporate Income tax or to changes in non-Indian Taxes.

9.6 Excise Duty (In the event of non-applicability of Fiscal Concessions for Nuclear Power Projects as per Sr. No. 9.2 above)

9.6.1 In case Excise Duty is claimed separately, the same must be specifically stated in the E-bid. In the

absence of any such statement no claim for the same will be entertained. The Excise Duty Tariff Head and the applicable rate of duty shall be clearly mentioned in the Commercial Terms and Conditions of the E-bid submitted in Part-I (Technical and Commercial E-bid except price). The manufacturer’s price list showing the actual assessable value of the stores, as approved by the Excise Authorities wherever applicable shall be submitted.

9.6.2 If Excise Duty is payable as extra, the same is payable on the price of the goods after exclusion of

freight and transit insurance charges. Tenderers are required to adhere to the provisions of Excise Law to claim deduction. NPCIL shall not reimburse the Excise Duty paid on freight and insurance charges.

9.6.3 Please note that in case any refund to excise duty is granted to Tenderers by Excise Authorities in

respect of stores supplied under the contract, Tenderers will pass on the credit to the purchaser immediately along with a certificate from bidder’s Director/Manager/Proprietor/Accountant that the credit so passed on relates to the excise duty originally paid for the stores supplied under the contract. In case of Tenderers failure to do so within 10 days of the issue of the excise duty refund orders to Tenderers by the Excise Authorities, the Purchaser would be empowered to deduct a sum equivalent to the amount refunded by the Excise authorities without any further reference to Tenderers from any of Tenderers outstanding bills against this or any other pending purchase orders/contracts with the purchaser and that no dispute on this account would be raised by the Tenderer.

9.6.4 The bidder is also required to furnish to the paying authority the following certificates:

(a) Certificate with each bill/invoice to the effect that no refund has been obtained in respect of the reimbursement of excise duty made to contractor during three months immediately preceding the date of the claim covered by the relevant bill.

(b) Contractors/Suppliers Auditors’ certificate as to whether any refund have been obtained or

applied for by them or not in the preceding financial year after the annual audit of their



accounts, also indicating details of such refunds/applications, if any. This certificate should contain reference to all purchase orders/contracts held by the suppliers / contractors.

(c) A certificate ALONGWITH THE FINAL PAYMENT BILLS of the firm to the effect whether

or not that they have any pending appeal/protest for the refund or partial refund of excise duties already reimbursed to the firm by the Government pending with the Excise Authorities and if so, the nature, the amount involved and the position of such appeals. This certificate should be signed by the Contractors/ suppliers’ Managing Director / Manager / Accountant.

9.6.5 AN UNDERTAKING to the effect that in case it is detected by the Government that any refund

from Excise authorities was obtained by the Contractors / Suppliers after obtaining reimbursement from the paying authority and if the same is not immediately refunded by the Contractors / Suppliers to the paying authority giving details of particulars of the transaction, paying authority will have full authority to recover such amounts from the Contractors / Suppliers outstanding bills against that particular contract or any other pending Government contracts and that no dispute on this account would be raised by the supplier.

9.7 Direct Tax: - Tax Deduction at Source

a) The Purchaser shall have the right to withhold taxes on income, excess profits, royalty and other taxes from payments due to Contractor under this Contract to the extent that such withholding may be required by the government of India or any relevant authority thereof or by the government of any other country, and payment by the Purchaser to the respective governmental office of the amount of money so withheld will relieve the Purchaser from any further obligation to Contractor with respect to the amount so withheld.

b) The Purchaser shall, at the time of its payments due to the Contractor, withhold the necessary taxes

at such rate as is required by any Government Authority, unless and to the extent that the Contractor shall produce to the Purchaser any certificate issued by a Government Authority (having authority to issue such certificate) entitling the Contractor to receive the payments under the Contract for a prescribed period without deduction of any tax or deduction at a lower rate.

c) The Purchaser shall provide the necessary withholding tax certificates to the Contractor within the

time stipulated by the relevant law to enable the Contractor to file the same with the Government Authority as a proof of payment of such taxes.

d) All taxes levied on Contractor’s corporate income or profits shall be for the account of Contractor

and shall not be reimbursed by the Purchaser. Contractor shall also be responsible for payment of income taxes of its personnel levied in India or elsewhere.

10 Test Charges, Spares and Accessories AND Supervision of Erection & Commissioning

Charges. 10.1 Routine Test, Special tests, Type Test, Special Type Tests, Seismic Qualifications/Testing 10.1.1 The bidder is required to perform the above tests as specified in the Technical Specification. As

regards Type Tests, Submission of valid Type Test Certificate of previous tests may be considered in lieu of performing the tests, as provided in Technical Specifications.

10.1.2 a) Price for supply of items shall include charges for all Routine Test, Type tests etc. No charges

for these tests shall be claimed/ paid separately.



b) Charges for Special Type Tests, Seismic Qualification/Testing shall not be included in the price of the items and shall be quoted/ claimed separately.

10.2 Spares and Accessories: 10.2.1 Bidders shall also furnish the prices of essential accessories, optional accessories and spares

necessary for satisfactory operation of the plant / machinery / equipment / component,

a) for a period of two years and b) for a period of five years

or as specified in the Section C: Technical Specifications 10.2.2 The prices for accessories and spares shall be itemized. E-bids where only lump sum prices are

indicated are liable to be ignored. Particular care must be taken to list out each item of spare and quantity recommended and also the individual price for these items.

10.3 The Bidders must clearly and separately furnish in their E-bid the charges for Supervision of

erection and commissioning of items to be supplied under the contract. 11 Delivery 11.1 The entire scope covering supply of equipment/machinery/plant/component, etc covered under this

tender document shall be completed as per schedule indicated below:

Project Contractual Delivery Date KAPP-3&4

12 months from the date of release of Purchase Order.

RAPP-7&8

12 months from the date of release of Purchase Order.

Milestone chart for detailed manufacturing schedule leading to delivery shall be submitted along with the bid. Tenderers should note that their bid may not be considered by the Purchaser unless the bidders can meet the delivery schedule specified by the purchaser.

11.2 The stores shall be transported to the purchaser’s site directly without any transhipment en-route, in

case of transportation by sea and road. In case of transportation through railways/waterways also the transhipment is generally not allowed. However, transhipment may be allowed at the discretion of the Purchaser for which the contractor needs to explain the need for transhipment and take Purchaser’s prior approval.

12 Price Evaluation 12.1 The price adjustment provisions as indicated in para 8.0 above, shall not be taken into account for

evaluation of offers. E-bid evaluation will be done based on the total of Summary Prices for supply of items and site work portion as per Section D of the Tender document. To facilitate the evaluation and comparison of prices, all E-bid prices expressed in foreign currency will be converted into Indian Rupees at Bills Selling exchange rates (as established by State Bank of India) applicable on the day seven days prior to due date of submission of the E-bids. If the day seven days prior to due date of submission of E-bid happens to be a holiday, the exchange rates of next working day will be considered. For items sourced from abroad and directly delivered to the Purchaser’s Site, wherever the ocean/air freight and marine insurance to the port of the Purchaser’s country are not quoted then, 11% of FOB prices will be considered towards ocean/air freight and marine insurance to arrive at CIF prices. In the event the actual cost towards local transportation and other services



including customs clearance, port handling, inland transit insurance etc. in India excluding taxes and duties and other local levies are not quoted as required, the charges towards the same will be considered as 1 ½% of CIF Value for items and materials supplied from abroad and delivered directly to the project site from Indian port of entry.

12.2 For Tender where Fiscal Concessions as per clause no. 9.2 of ITT are available/ applicable, the

following shall apply:

a) For evaluation and comparison of E-bids, a price preference at 15% would be given to the domestically manufactured capital goods. For this purpose, the E-bid price of the bidders would be increased by 15% of all such CIF components contained in their price E-bid including the CIF component of the imported raw materials/ components required for manufacture of indigenous items. No exchange rate variation is allowed towards the value of imported raw materials and components included in the Indigenous items. For the purposes of 15% loading as above, the base exchange rates shall be Bills Selling exchange rates (as established by State Bank of India) applicable on the day seven days prior to due date of submission of E-bid. If the day seven days prior to due date of submission of E-bid happens to be a holiday, the exchange rate of next working day will be considered.

b) Further sales tax and local levies on the domestically manufactured capital goods in respect of

‘Direct Transaction’ between the Purchaser and the Contractor, excise duty (to be reimbursed by DGFT as per the extant policy), customs duty on the import components (being ‘NIL’ under the extant policy) will not be considered for the purpose of evaluation of bids.

c) Further the charges for expatriate supervision for erection and commissioning quoted in foreign

currency will not be loaded by 15%. 12.3 The value of mandatory spares will be considered for the E-bid evaluation as per Section – D of the

Tender. Recommended spares will not be included for E-bid evaluation. 12.4 The E-bid evaluation will be done in conjunction with Section: D of the Tender.

12.5 Purchase Preference for supply of goods or services as per new Public Procurement Policy for

Micro & Small Enterprises (MSEs) under Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 (Subject to meeting Qualifying Requirement as per clause 2.0)

As per the provision of MSEs Policy, the participating bidder registered under MSEs Act in a tender for supply of goods or services, quoting price within the band of L1+15% would be allowed to supply a portion of the requirement by bringing down their price to the L1 price, in a situation where L1 price is from someone other than an MSE. Such MSEs would be allowed to supply up to 20% of the total tendered value. In case of more than one such eligible MSE, the supply will be shared proportionately. Further, out of 20% allocation, a sub-target of 4% (i.e. 20% out of 20%) will be earmarked for procurement from MSEs owned by SC/ST entrepreneurs. However, in the event of failure of such MSEs to participate in the tender process or meet the tender requirements and the L1 price, the 4% sub-target for procurement earmarked for MSEs owned by SC/ST entrepreneurs will be met from other MSEs proportionately.

In case a tendered item is non-splitable or non-divisible, MSE quoting Price within the Price – band of “L1- Price (Other than MSE) + 15%” may be awarded for full/ complete value of supplies, subject to matching of the L1 Price.

The MSEs, who are interested in availing themselves of these benefits, will enclose with their offer the proof of their being MSE registered with any of the agencies mentioned in notification No.503 dated 26.03.2012, as printed in the Gazette of India indicated below :



(i) District Industries Centers (ii) Khadi and Village Industries Commission (iii) Khadi and Village Industries Board (iv) Coir Board (v) National Small Industries Corporation (vi) Directorate of Handicraft and Handloom (vii) Any other body specified by Ministry of MSME.

The MSEs must also indicate the terminal validity date of their registration. Failing of the above requirements, such offers will not be eligible for consideration of benefits detailed in notification No.503 dated 26.03.2012, as printed in the Gazette of India.

The contractor on whom the contract may be entered into against this tender shall furnish the Purchaser, the details of the sub-contractors meeting any part of contract execution herein and who qualify as MSE’s as per the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 and amendments to same.

13 Acceptance of E-bids 13.1 The Purchaser reserves the right to accept or reject, lowest /any / all E-bid(s), in whole or in part,

without assigning any reasons whatsoever and without any liability to the Purchaser. The bidder not withstanding that his E-bid has not been accepted in whole shall be bound to supply the Purchaser, such item or items and such portion or portions of one or more items, as may be accepted by the Purchaser.

13.2 Acceptance of E-bids by the purchaser may be sent by priced Letter of Intent / Purchase Order /

Contract within the validity of the E-bid. In case of such Letter of Intent, the bidder whose E-bid is accepted and who is herein after referred to as contractor will proceed with the execution of the contract on the basis of such advance acceptance of E-bid without waiting for a formal purchase order/contract and will be responsible to seek and obtain whatever clarifications that are necessary from the purchaser to proceed with the execution of the contract and contractual delivery period will be reckoned from the date of such Letter of Intent.

13.3 Unsuccessful bidder will not be informed of the result of their E-bids. 14 Canvassing 14.1 Canvassing in any form with regard to this tender will lead to rejection of the E-bid. 15 Corrupt or Fraudulent Practices 15.1 NPCIL requires that bidders / suppliers / contractors under this contract, observe the highest

standard of ethics during the procurement and execution of this contract. In pursuance of this policy, NPCIL: (a) defines, for the purpose of these provisions, the terms set forth below as follows:

(i) “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting of any thing of value to influence the action of a public official in the procurement process or in contract execution; and

(ii) “fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence a procurement process or the execution of a contract to the detriment of NPCIL, and includes collusive practice among Bidders (prior to or after E-bid submission) designed to establish E-bid prices at artificial non-competitive levels and to deprive NPCIL of the benefits of free and open competition.



(b) will reject a proposal for award of work if it determines that the Bidder recommended for award has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for the contract in question.

(c) will declare a Bidder ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, to be awarded a contract / contracts if at any time it determines that the Bidder has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for, or in executing, the contract.

16 Civil Liability for Nuclear Damages (CLND) Act 2010 & Rule 2011 thereof:

Subsequent to the enactment of CLND Act 2010 and Rule 2011, the Purchaser shall have Right to Recourse against the contractor in accordance with provisions under Section 17(a) of Civil Liability for Nuclear Damage Act, 2010, as referred in GCC.

To have clarity on the terms used in the CLND Act 2010 and Rule 2011 pertaining to Right to Recourse, following definition to be considered by the bidder before submission of bids.

i. “Contractor” – shall be as per applicable GCC.

ii. “Supplier” shall be as defined in CLND Rule 24-2.

iii. “Product Liability Period (PLP)” shall be as defined in CLND Rule 24-2.

Explanation w.r.t. GCC: In case of supply of equipment(s), PLP shall be the Defect

Liability Period plus contractual Latent Defect Liability Period, where as in case of

services, PLP shall be up to Defect Liability period as defined in applicable GCC.

iv. “Initial License” (Refer CLND Rule 24-2): The initial license, unless otherwise

specified, is valid for a period of five years from the date of its issue by AERB.

17 Disclosures 17.1 Any change in the constitution of the contractor’s firm, where it is a partnership firm as declared in

the E-bid should be disclosed to NPCIL, at any time between the submission of E-bids and the signing of the contract. The same shall be disclosed during the currency as per the GCC clause no. 1.11.2 (Changes in Constitution).

------------------- *----------------------

APPENDIX-‘X’


QUALIFYING CRITERIA S.N. Description Type of documentary evidence

required

A TECHNICAL CRITERIA: i) The bidder should be a manufacturer of SS/CS

Ball Valve. The bidder who has not supplied similar valves in the past shall be rejected.

Upload order copies & completion document executed in last 7 years of similar items. Also fill the details as given in table-1 of Appendix- X of Section-D of the Tender.

ii) The bidder should have ASNT/ISNT Level-I / II quality assurance man power. A profile of personal working in these sections/departments shall be attached along with ASNT/ISNT qualification.

Resume (along with ASNT certificate) of QA personnel shall be submitted with the bid. Also fill the details as given in table-2 of Appendix-X of Section-D of the Tender.

B FINANCIAL CRITERIA i) The bidder should have average annual turn-

over not less than 209.40 Lacs Rs. (Rupees Two hundred and Nine lacs and Fourty thousand only ) for the last three financial years (2013-14, 2014-15 & 2015-16)

Format for submission of summary of Annual turnover is uploaded as Table-3 of appendix-‘X’ of the Tender.

ii) The bidder should have satisfactorily completed single order value Rs.55.84 Lacs ( Rupees Fifty Five Lacs and Eighty Four thousand only ) in the last 7 years.

Upload order copies of largest value order executed.

Appendix-Y

NAME OF THE BIDDER

QUERY NO

TENDER SECTION

NO

REFERENCE CLAUSE NO

REFERENCE DRAWING No. / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION No. /

VALVE SPECIFICATION No. / INSTRUMENTATION SHEET No. /

DATA SHEET No.

DESCRIPTION OF THE QUERY

RESPONSE FROM NPCIL

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Column number 1 To 6 TO BE FILLED BY THE BIDDERColumn number 7 NPCIL TO RESPOND

FORMAT FOR RAISING TECHNO-COMMERICAL QUERIES BY THE BIDDER FOR PRE-BID MEETING


BALL VALVES FOR KAPP-3&4 AND RAPP-7&8

Note: 1) Kindly submit Commercial and Technical queries separately. 2) The Bidders shall also provide one soft copy of queries in editable format (In Excel) 3) All the queries shall be submitted before last date of sending queries as indicated in Instruction Sheet Clause No.4.4


e-SPT/SUPPLY-1

SECTION – B

B-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (FORM NO. GCC/Supply-1/Rev.4)

B-2 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT ( SCC )

e-SPT/SUPPLY-1

SECTION – B1

B-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

(FORM NO. GCC/Supply-1/Rev.4)

28/12/2016

FORM NO. GCC/Supply-1/Rev.4


(A GOVERNMENT OF INDIA ENTERPRISE)

DIRECTORATE OF CONTRACTS AND MATERIALS MANAGEMENT

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

FOR SUPPLY OF INDIGENOUS STORES

APPLICABLE TO THE CONTRACTS PLACED BY


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

FOR SUPPLY OF INDIGENOUS STORES

PLACED BY


(A GOVERNMENT OF INDIA ENTERPRISE)

Preamble

1.1 The scope of the Contract shall be design, engineering, manufacture, inspection, test, supply,

transportation & delivery, as the case may be, of the Stores, plants, materials, components, equipment,

machineries, instruments, appliances and accessories, in accordance with the technical specifications

and drawings of the Contract documents.

1.2 The General Conditions of Contract (GCC/Supply-1/R-4) shall form a part of the Contract.

1.3 In case of any variance between the terms and conditions of the General Conditions of Contract

(GCC/Supply-1/R-4) and the conditions as may be stipulated in the Contract, the latter shall prevail to

the extent applicable.

1.4 All the rights, discretion and powers of the Purchaser under the Contract shall be exercised by the

Purchaser through written communications, which shall be given by the Executive Director, Directorate

of Contracts and Materials Management or other officers authorised by him for and on behalf of the

Purchaser.

NUCLEAR POWER CORPORATION OF INDIA LIMITED General Conditions of Contract for Supply of Indigenous Stores

GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 2 of 54

I N D E X

CONTENTS Page No.

1. General Provisions 5

1.1 Definitions

1.2 Interpretations

1.3 Communications

1.4 Language

1.5 Governing Law

1.6 Jurisdiction

1.7 Priority of Documents

1.8 Contractor‟s Documents

1.9 Purchaser‟s Documents

1.10 Confidentiality

1.11 Consortium / Joint Venture / Partnership

1.12 Country of Origin

1.13 Independent Contracts

2 The Purchaser 11

2.1 Accuracy of Information

2.2 Permit, Licences or Approvals

2.3 Free Issue Material

2.4 Purchaser‟s Representatives

3 The Contractor

3.1 General Obligations 11

3.2 Permit, Licences or Approvals

3.3 Compliance with law

3.4 Securities

3.5 Contractor‟s Representative

3.6 Sub-contracting

3.7 Subletting or Assignment of Contract

3.8 Quality Assurance

16

4 Subject Matter of Contract

4.1 Scope of facilities

4.2 Delivery Schedule

5 Contract Price and Payment 17

5.1 Contract Price

5.2 Price Basis

5.3 Currency of Payment

5.4 Price Adjustment

5.5 Price Adjustment Formula

5.6 Terms of Payment

5.7 Application for Payment

5.8 Mode of Payment

5.9 Interest on delayed payment

5.10 Recovery of Advance Payments in case of breach of contract

5.11 Recovery of Sums Due

5.12 Taxes and Duties


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 3 of 54

6 Guarantee, Liability and Risk Distribution 25

6.1 Completion Time Guarantee

6.2 Delay in Supply

6.3 Functional Guarantee

6.4 Defect Liability

6.5 Transfer of Ownership

6.6 Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) Indemnification

6.7 Indemnity Against Loss / Damage

6.8 Indemnity for Taxes and Duties

6.9 Limitation of Liability

6.10 Insurance

6.11 Force Majeure

6.12 Liability of the Government of India

7 Work Program 35

7.1 Contractor‟s Organisation

7.2 Program of Performance

7.3 Work Procedures

7.4 Progress of Performance

7.5 Progress Report

7.6 Hindrances

8 Design and Engineering 36

8.1 General Design Obligation

8.2 Codes and Standards

8.3 Review / Approval of Contractor‟s Documents

9 Procurement and Supply 38

9.1 General Provisions

9.2 Free Issue Materials (FIM)

9.3 Packing and Marking

9.4 Transportation

9.5 Custom Clearance

9.6 Training

9.7 Manuals

10 Quality Assurance, Inspection, Acceptance and Rejections 43

10.1 Quality Assurance Program

10.2 Inspection, Testing and Rejection

10.3 Supervision of Erection & Commissioning

11 Changes in the Scope of Work 46

11.1 Right to vary

11.2 Changes Originating from Purchaser

11.3 Changes Originating from Contractor

12 Time Extension 47

12.1 Extension of Time for Completion


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 4 of 54

13 Foreclosure and Termination 48

13.1 Foreclosure of Contract

13.2 Cancellation / Termination of Contract in Full or Part

13.3 Termination on Death

14 Settlement of Disputes 52

14.1 Settlement by Mutual Consultation

14.2 Arbitration

14.3 General

15 Abbreviations Used 54

List of Annexures

Annexure-A : Format for “Advance Bank Guarantee”

Annexure-B : Format for “Security Deposit”

Annexure-C : Format for “Performance Bond”

Annexure-D : Format for “Application for Payment”

Annexure-E : Format for “Indemnity Bond against Free Issue Material

Annexure-F : Format for “Certificate towards Excise Duty”

Annexure-G : Format for “Certificate towards Sales Tax”

Annexure-H : Format for “Certificate towards Service Tax”


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 5 of 54

1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1 Definitions

1.1.1 "Acceptance” shall mean and deemed to include one or more of the following as stipulated in the

tender:

a) acceptance of the Stores at Purchaser‟s Site after its receipt and due inspection and release of

“Material Receipt Voucher” (MRV), which should be completed within 75 (seventy five) days from

the date of receipt of the Stores at Purchaser‟s Site, subject to the Contractor meeting the

requirements stipulated in the Contract.

b) where the scope of the Contract includes supply, erection and commissioning, acceptance shall mean

issue of necessary Material Receipt Voucher after commissioning and final acceptance of Equipment,

Machinery and Instrument etc. which should be completed within 75 (seventy five) days from the

date of commissioning of the Stores at Purchaser's Site, subject to the Contractor meeting the

requirements stipulated in the Contract.

1.1.2 “Bid” shall mean the tender offer and quotation in response to the Tender Enquiry.

1.1.3 “Change Order" shall mean a written amendment to the existing contract or a new contract from the

Purchaser to the Contractor after the Effective Date of the contract requiring a change in any part of the

Stores that may involve

a) a change in the scope of work,

b) addition / omission of work, and

c) a change in any of the provision / scope of the contract.

1.1.4 “Consignee” shall mean the authorised representative or officer of the Purchaser at site to whom the

Stores are required to be delivered in the manner indicated in the Contract.

1.1.5 "Contractor” shall mean firm / company / joint venture / consortium with whom or with which the

purchase order for the supply of Stores is placed and shall be deemed to include the Contractor‟s legal

successors and/or assignees (approved by the Purchaser), representatives, heirs, executors and

administrators unless excluded by the Contract.

1.1.6 "Contract" or "Purchase Order" shall mean the communication or document signed for and on behalf

of the Purchaser by an Officer duly authorised confirming the acceptance for and on behalf of the

Purchaser of Tender or Offer of the contractor on the terms and conditions mentioned or referred to in the

said communication and other documents including Tender Document, Terms and Conditions of the

contract and such other documents as may be expressly incorporated in the Contract by reference and all

mutually agreed amendments in writing made to any of them

1.1.7 “Contractual Delivery Date” shall mean the stipulated date on which the contractor shall attain

„completion‟ of the Supply of Stores, as specified in the purchase order.

1.1.8 “Contract Price” shall mean the price as specified in “Section A – Item and Price Schedule” of the

Contract subject to such addition and adjustment thereof or deduction there from, as may be made

pursuant to the contract.

1.1.9 “Day” or “Days” shall mean a Gregorian calendar day or days of twenty-four (24) hours each.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 6 of 54

1.1.10 “Defect Liability Period” shall mean the period of validity of the warranties given by the contractor

during which the contractor is responsible for defects with respect to the Stores or the relevant part thereof

as provided in GCC clause 6.4 (Defect Liability).

1.1.11 “Effective Date” or "Commencement Date" shall mean the date of issue of Purchase Order on which

the contract shall come into force.

1.1.12 “GCC” shall mean this General Conditions of the Contract for Supply of Indigenous Stores.

1.1.13 "Latent Defect" shall mean a defect, inherently lying within the material or arising out of design

deficiency, which do not manifest themselves and/or was not reasonably discoverable during Defect

Liability period.

1.1.14 “Month” shall mean a month according to Gregorian calendar.

1.1.15 “Quality Surveillance Engineer / Inspector” shall mean any person appointed by or on behalf of the

Purchaser to inspect or carry out quality surveillance on supplies, stores or work under the Contract or any

person deputed by the Quality Surveillance Engineer for the said purpose.

1.1.16 "Particulars" shall mean the following:

a) Specification(s);

b) Drawing(s);

c) Sealed pattern denoting a pattern sealed and signed by the Quality Surveillance Engineer;

d) Proprietary make denoting the produce of any individual firm; and

e) Any other details governing the construction, manufacture and/or supply as provided in the Contract.

1.1.17 "Party" shall mean Purchaser or Contractor as named in the Contract individually and “Parties” shall

mean Purchaser and Contractor collectively.

1.1.18 "Performance Test" shall mean all operational checks and tests required to determine the performance

parameters including inter-alia capacity, efficiency and operating characteristics of the Stores as specified

in the Contract.

1.1.19 “Plant and Equipment” means permanent plant, equipment, machinery, apparatus, systems, articles and

things of all kinds to be provided by the Contractor under the Contract including the spare parts, tools &

tackles to be supplied by the Contractor.

1.1.20 “Project Manager” shall mean the person appointed by the Purchaser in the manner provided in GCC

sub-clause 2.4.2 (Purchaser‟s Representatives) hereof and named as such in the Contract.

1.1.21 "Purchaser" shall mean the Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited, a Government of India

Enterprise acting through Executive Director, Directorate of Contracts & Materials Management.

1.1.22 “SCC” shall means Special Conditions of the Contract hereof.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 7 of 54

1.1.23 "Shipping Release" shall mean the document issued by the inspector or the inspection agency nominated

by the Purchaser authorising the Contractor to ship the Stores on satisfactory completion of inspection.

1.1.24 “Site” means the place(s) where the Stores are to be supplied and any other places as may be specified in

the Contract as forming part of the Site.

1.1.25 "Stores” shall mean and include what the Contractor agreed to supply under the Contract as specified in

the Contract and shall include inter-alia goods and materials, equipment, machinery, components,

instruments, appliances, accessories and plant.

1.1.26 “Sub-contractor” shall mean any person on whom preparation of any design, or supply of any Stores

and Other Service(s) is subcontracted directly or indirectly by the Contractor and includes its legal

successor or permitted assignees, and unless otherwise stated, all the Sub-contractors and suppliers to

such Person and the term Sub-Contract shall be construed accordingly.

1.1.28 “Willful Misconduct” shall mean that the Contractor has intentionally concealed the defect in full

knowledge of the consequences that may flow from its existence and the defect is one, which the

Purchaser could not have discovered on careful examination of the Plant at the time of acceptance or

during the Defect Liability Period.

1.2 Interpretation

1.2.1 In the Contract, except where the context requires otherwise:

(a) words indicating one gender include all genders;

(b) words indicating the singular also include the plural and words indicating the plural also include the

singular;

(c) provisions including the word “agree”, “agreed” or “agreement” require the agreement to be record in

writing;

(d) the word “tender” is synonymous with “bid”, “tenderer” with “bidder” and “tender documents” with

“bidding documents”; and

(e) “written” or “in writing” means hand-written, type-written, printed or electronically made, and

resulting in a permanent record.

The marginal words and headings shall not be taken into consideration in the interpretation of these

Conditions.

1.2.2 Persons

Words incorporating persons or parties shall include firms, consortiums, corporations, government

entities and other bodies whether incorporated or not but having legal entity.

1.2.3 Incoterms

Unless inconsistent with any provision of the Contract, the meaning of any trade term and the rights and

obligations of parties there under shall be as prescribed by Incoterms 2000.

Incoterms means international rules for interpreting trade terms published by the International Chamber of

Commerce (latest edition), 38 Cours Albert 1er, 75008 Paris, France.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 8 of 54

1.2.4 Entire Agreement

The Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the Purchaser and Contractor with respect to the

subject matter of Contract and includes all written communications, negotiations and agreements of

parties with respect thereto made prior to the date of Contract that are included as reference in the

Contract.

1.2.5 Non-waiver

No relaxation, forbearance, delay or indulgence by either party in enforcing any of the terms and

conditions of the Contract or the granting of time by either party to the other shall prejudice, affect or

restrict the rights of that party under the Contract, nor shall any waiver by either party of any breach of

Contract operate as waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of Contract.

Any waiver of a party‟s rights, powers or remedies under the Contract must be in writing, must be dated

and signed by an authorized representative of the party granting such waiver, and must specify the right

and the extent to which it is being waived.

1.2.6 Severability

If any provision or condition of the Contract is prohibited or rendered invalid or unenforceable, such

prohibition, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other

provisions and conditions of the Contract.

1.3 Communications

1.3.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, all communications to be given under the Contract shall be in

writing, and shall be sent by personal delivery, airmail post, special courier or facsimile to the address of

the relevant party set out in the Contract.

1.3.2 For communications to be sent by the Purchaser to the Contractor, the following provisions shall apply:

a) Any communication sent by airmail post or special courier shall be deemed (in the absence of

evidence of earlier receipt) to have been delivered ten (10) days after dispatch. In proving the fact of

dispatch, it shall be sufficient to show that the envelope containing such notice was properly

addressed, stamped and conveyed to the postal authorities or courier service for transmission by

airmail or special courier.

b) Any communication delivered personally or sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been delivered

on date of personal delivery or date of its dispatch, as the case may be.

1.3.3 Communications shall be deemed to include any approvals, consents, instructions, notices, orders,

amendment to the Contract and certificates to be given under the Contract.

1.3.4 Either party may change its postal, facsimile address or addressee for receipt of such communication by

10 days‟ notice to the other party in writing.

1.4 Language

1.4.1 The ruling language of the Contract and language for communication shall be English.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 9 of 54

1.5 Governing Law

1.5.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the country. The country unless otherwise stated in the

contract shall be India.

1.6 Jurisdiction

1.6.1 The courts in Mumbai shall have exclusive jurisdiction to deal with and decide all disputes arising out of

related Contract.

1.7 Priority of Documents

1.7.1 The documents forming the contract are to be taken as mutually explanatory of one another. For the

purposes of interpretation, the priority of documents shall be in accordance with the following sequence:

a) the Contract Agreement / Purchase Order

b) the Special Conditions of Contract (SCC)

c) the General Condition of Contract (GCC)

d) the Tender (including technical specifications, drawings, etc.) document, other than Sr. (b) & (c)

above.

1.8 Contractor’s Documents

1.8.1 As between the Parties, the Contractor shall retain the rights for which the Contractor has copyrights and

other intellectual property rights (IPR), and for all other documents prepared / created in the course of

execution of the Contract, the IPR will remain with the Purchaser.

1.8.2 The Contractor shall be deemed to give to the Purchaser a non-terminable transferable non-exclusive

royalty-free licence to copy, use and communicate the contractor‟s documents, including making and

using modifications of them. This licence shall:

(a) apply throughout the actual or intended working life (whichever is longer) of the relevant parts of the

Stores,

(b) entitle any person in proper possession of the relevant part of the Stores to copy, use and

communicate the contractor‟s documents for the purposes of completing, operating, maintaining,

altering, adjusting, repairing and decommissioning the Stores, and

(c) in the case of contractor‟s documents which are in the form of computer programs and other software,

permit their use on any computer on the Site and other places as envisaged by the Contract, including

replacements of any computers supplied by the Contractor.

1.9 Purchaser’s Documents

1.9.1 As between the Parties, the Purchaser shall retain the copyright and other intellectual property rights in

the Specification, the Drawings and other documents made by (or on behalf of) the Purchaser. The

Contractor may, at his cost, copy, use, and obtain communication of these documents for the purposes of

the Contract. They shall not, without the Purchaser‟s consent, be copied, used or communicated to a third

party by the Contractor, except as necessary for the purposes of the Contract and with prior consent of the

Purchaser.

1.10 Confidentiality

1.10.1 The Contractor shall take necessary steps to ensure that all persons employed on any work in connection

with this Contract have noticed that the Indian Official Secrets Act, 1923 (XIX of 1923) applies to them

and shall continue to apply even after the execution of the Contract.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 10 of 54

1.10.2 All information, drawings, designs and specifications imparted to the Contractor shall, at all times, remain

the absolute property of the Purchaser. The Contractor shall not use them for purposes other than for

which they are provided for and shall treat all these documents as confidential. These shall not be

reproduced in whole or in part for any other purpose.

1.10.3 The Contractor shall use his best endeavours to ensure that such information are not divulged to third

parties except where needed for the performance of the Contract by the Contractor with the prior consent

of the Purchaser. In such cases, the Contractor shall ensure and obtain similar obligation of confidence,

from third parties in question.

1.10.4 The Contractor shall at his own cost procure from his own employees, agents or sub-contractors (and

agents and sub-contractors of such agents and sub-contractors) the execution of a Confidentiality

Agreement in the form and manner acceptable to the Purchaser and shall do or assist in doing all such

acts, deeds and things to cause such employees, agents and sub-contractors to whom the confidential

information is given, to be bound by all the confidentiality obligations as the Contractor is bound under

this Agreement.

1.10.5 The provisions of this clause of GCC shall survive termination for whatever reason, of the Contract.

1.11 Consortium / Joint Venture / Partnership

1.11.1 Joint and Several Liability

If the Contractor constitutes a joint venture, consortium or other unincorporated grouping of two or more

entities:

a) each of these entities shall be deemed to be jointly and severally liable to the Purchaser for the

performance of the Contract

b) these entities shall notify the Purchaser one of such entities as their leader who shall have authority to

bind the Contractor and each of these entities.

1.11.2 Changes in Constitution

Where the Contractor is a partnership firm, Joint Venture or consortium, prior approval in writing of the

Purchaser shall be obtained before any change is made in the constitution of the contractor.

If prior approval as aforesaid is not obtained, the contract shall be voidable in accordance with the GCC

clause 13.2 (Cancellation / Termination of Contract in Full/Part) at the Purchaser‟s discretion.

1.12 Country of Origin

1.12.1 “Country of Origin” means the place where the materials, equipment and other supplies for the Facilities

are mined, grown, produced or manufactured, and from which the services are provided.

1.13 Independent Contracts

1.13.1 The Contractor shall be an independent contractor performing the Contract. The Contract does not create

any agency, partnership, joint venture or other joint relationship between the parties hereto.

Subject to the provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the manner in

which the Contract is performed. All employees, representatives or Subcontractors engaged by the

Contractor in connection with the performance of the Contract shall be under the complete control of the

Contractor and shall not be deemed to be employees of the Purchaser, and nothing contained in the


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 11 of 54

Contract or in any subcontract awarded by the Contractor shall be construed to create any contractual

relationship between any such employees, representatives or Subcontractors and the Purchaser. The

Contractor shall indemnify the Purchaser for any loss suffered or costs incurred by the Purchaser on

account of any claims raised by the representatives, employees or third parties to whom the contractor is

solely responsible in terms hereof or under the Contract.

2. THE PURCHASER

2.1 Accuracy of Information

2.1.1 The Purchaser shall ensure the accuracy of all information and/or data to be supplied by the Purchaser as

described in the Technical Specification of the Tender, except when otherwise expressly stated in the

Contract.

2.2 Permits, Licenses or Approvals

2.2.1 The Purchaser shall provide, at the request of the Contractor, such reasonable assistance in the form of

issue of necessary certificates as required under law so as to allow the Contractor to obtain any permits,

licenses or approvals required by the Laws of the Country, which the Contractor is required to obtain

under GCC clause 3.2, for the delivery of Goods including clearance through customs. However, no

claims can be made by the contractor with respect to this clause. The Contractor shall bear all cost charges

and expenses for the licenses, permits and approvals required to be obtained by him under clause 3.2

hereof.

2.2.2 The Purchaser shall acquire and pay for all permits, approvals and/or licenses from all local, state or

national government authorities or public service undertakings that such authorities or undertakings

require the Purchaser to obtain them in the Purchaser‟s name, and are necessary for the execution of the

project.

2.3 Free Issue Material

2.3.1 The Purchaser shall provide Free Issue Material (FIM) if specified in the tender, to Contractor, as per

quantities/sizes indicating costs of such free issue material mentioned in the tender.

2.4 Purchaser’s Representatives

2.4.1 Senior General Manager / General Manager / Additional General Manager / Deputy General Manager,

C&MM as mentioned in the Contract is the Purchaser‟s representative for all commercial matters of the

Contract.

2.4.2 Project Manager: The Project Manager as mentioned in the Contract will be the Purchaser‟s

representative for all technical matters under the Contract and will remain the nodal agency for this

purpose during the execution of the Contract.

3 THE CONTRACTOR

3.1 General Obligations

3.1.1 The Contractor shall design (to the extent specified in the Contract), procure / manufacture (including

associated Purchases and/or sub-contracting), inspect, test, pack and supply the Stores with due care and

diligence in accordance with the Contract and with the Purchaser‟s instructions, and shall remedy any

defects in the Stores occurring in defect liability period, and remedy latent defects within a further period

of five (05) years from end of defect liability period.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 12 of 54

3.1.2 The Stores supplied by the Contractor shall be brand new of the best quality and workmanship and shall

comply in all respects with Particulars of the Contract. When completed, the Stores shall be fit for the

purposes for which the Stores are intended as defined in the Contract.

3.1.3 The Contractor shall, whenever required by the Purchaser, submit details of the arrangements and

methods which the Contractor proposes to adopt for the execution of the Contract. No significant

alteration to these arrangements and methods shall be made without this having previously been notified

to the Purchaser.

3.1.4 The Contractor shall be deemed to have carefully examined all Contract documents and obtained

clarifications from the Purchaser where needed to his entire satisfaction before submitting the bid. In

particular and without prejudice to the foregoing conditions and in addition thereto, when tenders are

called for furnishing Particulars, the Contractor‟s tender to supply in accordance with such Particulars

shall be deemed to be an admission on his part that he has fully acquainted himself with the details thereof

and no claim on his part which may arise on account of non-examination or misunderstanding of the

Particulars will, in any circumstances, be considered/payable by the Purchaser.

3.2 Permits, Licenses or Approvals

3.2.1 The Contractor shall, at his own cost, acquire in its name all permits, approvals and/or licenses from all

local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings in India that are necessary

for the performance of the Contract. The Contractor shall also acquire all other permits, approvals and/or

licenses that are not the responsibility of the Purchaser under GCC sub-clause 2.2.2 hereof and that are

necessary for the performance of the Contract.

3.3 Compliance with law

3.3.1 The Contractor shall comply with all laws in force in India and in the States where the Stores are

manufactured. The laws will include all local, state, national or other laws that affect the performance of

the Contract and bind upon the Contractor. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the

Purchaser from and against any and all liabilities, damages, claims, fines, penalties and expenses of

whatever nature arising or resulting from the violation of such laws by the Contractor or its personnel,

including the Sub-contractors and their personnel, but without prejudice to GCC clause 2.1 (Accuracy of

Information) hereof.

3.4 Securities

3.4.1 The contractor shall provide the securities in favour of the Purchaser in the form of bank guarantees as

stated in GCC sub-clause no. 3.4.2, 3.4.3 and 3.4.5 here in below subject to the following conditions,

a) The bank guarantee shall be from scheduled commercial bank in India (except co-operative bank) and

shall be governed by Indian Laws and be subject to the jurisdiction of courts in Mumbai, India.

b) The bank guarantees shall be submitted as per the format annexed to this GCC.

c) All bank guarantees are to be sent by the bankers directly to the Purchaser.

d) The value of the bank guarantees submitted towards security of advance payments as per GCC sub-

clause 3.4.3 herein below may be reduced once in six months to the extent of receipt of

items/materials by the Purchaser and the advance amount adjusted against such receipts.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 13 of 54

3.4.2 Security Deposit:

a) Contractor shall furnish Security Deposit for 10% of the total value in respective contract currencies,

for due performance of the said contracts, in the form of a Bank Guarantee within 30 days from the

date of award of contracts and it shall be valid till satisfactory completion of the contract and

submission of Performance Bond Bank Guarantee pursuant to GCC Sub clause 3.4.5 below, plus a

claim period of three months for lodging of claims, if any.

b) If the Contractor fails to provide the Security Deposit Bank Guarantee as stated herein above, within

30 days from the date of issue of Contract such failure shall constitute a breach of contract and the

Purchaser shall be entitled to cancel the Contract and make alternate arrangements for the purchase of

the Stores contracted from other sources at the risk and expense of the Contractor in terms of GCC

sub-clause no. 13.2 (Cancellation/Termination of Contract in Full or Part) hereof and/or recover from

the Contractor the damages arising from such cancellation.

c) In the event, the Contractor fails to fulfil the obligations under the Contract, the Purchaser shall have

the right to encash and appropriate the Security Deposit Bank Guarantee. This right shall be in

addition to and without prejudice to the rights of the Purchaser to recover from the Contractor any

loss or damages that the Purchaser is herein entitled.

3.4.3 Advance / Stage Payments Security

As a pre-requisite for release of advance/stage payments, Contractor shall submit bank guarantee for

equal amount denominated in the currency in which such advance/stage payments are to be released, valid

till completion of supply plus three months claim period.

3.4.4 Where the Contractor fails to complete supply of Stores within the Contractual Delivery Date, the

Contractor shall extend the validity of Bank Guarantee(s) submitted pursuant to GCC clause nos. 3.4.2

and 3.4.3 above, suitably to cover the extended/expected delivery date well in time and in any extent

two(02) months before expiry of original Contractual Delivery Date, failing which, the Purchaser shall

have the right to invoke the Bank Guarantee(s) without prejudice to the terms and conditions of the

contract.

3.4.5 Performance Bond:

a) The contractor shall submit a Performance Bond in the form of Bank Guarantee for an amount equal

to ten (10) percent of the total value of the contract as a security for satisfactory performance and

warranty/ guarantee of the Stores supplied by the Contractor and its sub-contractors under the

contract.

b) The Performance Bond Bank Guarantee shall be submitted on completion of supply and before

release of (balance 10%) final payment and shall remain valid during the complete defect liability

period as per GCC Sub Clause 6.4.1 and any extension to defect liability as per GCC Sub Clause no.

6.4.4 plus a claim period of three (03) months thereafter for lodging of claims.

c) The Performance Bond Bank Guarantee shall also be extended suitably, pursuant to GCC sub-clause

no. 6.4.4 (Extension of Defect Liability), at least thirty days before the expiry of the period of validity

thereof in the event of repair / replacement of any Stores or any part thereof during defect liability


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 14 of 54

period to take care of extended defect liability period of Stores repaired/replaced and/or Stores

remaining idle due to such defects and repair / replacement of the same.

3.4.6 In the event the Contractor is required to extend the validity of the Bank Guarantees submitted for

Security Deposit, Advance Payment and Performance Bond for delays attributable to the Purchaser, the

corresponding Bank Guarantee Extension charges shall be borne by the Purchaser.

3.4.7 Indemnity Bond for Free Issue Material (For Fabrication of Items at Contractors works outside

Purchaser‟s site)

The Contractor shall execute an Indemnity Bond in favour of the Purchaser indemnifying the Purchaser

and keeping the Purchaser indemnified to the extent of full value of FIM till such time the entire contract

is executed and proper account for the FIM is rendered by the former to the latter. For this purpose an

Indemnity Bond as per Annexure-E shall be executed by the Contractor.

3.5 Contractor’s Representative

3.5.1 The Contractor shall appoint the Contractor‟s Representative within fourteen (14) days of issue of the

Purchase Order and shall request the Purchaser in writing to approve the person so appointed. If the

Purchaser makes no objection to the appointment within fourteen (14) days, the Contractor‟s

Representative shall be deemed to have been approved. If the Purchaser objects to the appointment

within fourteen (14) days giving the reason therefore, then the Contractor shall appoint a replacement

within fourteen (14) days of such objection, and the foregoing provisions of this GCC sub-clause no.3.5.1

shall apply thereto.

The Contractor‟s Representative will have to be assisted by senior executives of the company in charge of

each discipline, i.e., Engineering, Planning, Procurement, Manufacturing and Quality Assurance etc. He

shall be vested with powers to take prompt decisions.

3.5.2 The Contractor‟s Representative shall represent and act for the Contractor at all times during the currency

of the Contract. All notices, instructions, information and all other communications to be given by the

Purchaser to the Contractor under the Contract shall be given to the Contractor‟s Representative, except

as herein otherwise provided. All the contractor‟s notices, instructions, information and other

communication under the contract shall be given by the Contractor‟s Representatives in the following

manner.

Regarding,

(a) Commercial Issues: Senior General Manager/ General Manager/ Additional General Manager/

Deputy General Manager, C&MM as specified in the Purchase Order

(b) Technical issues: Project Manager

3.5.3 The Contractor shall not revoke the appointment of the Contractor‟s Representative without the

Purchaser‟s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the Purchaser consents

thereto, the Contractor shall appoint some other person as Contractor‟s representative, pursuant to the

procedure set out in GCC sub-clause 3.5.1.

3.5.4 The Purchaser may by notice to the Contractor object to any representative or person employed by the

Contractor in the execution of the Contract who, in the reasonable opinion of the Purchaser, may behave


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 15 of 54

inappropriately, may be incompetent or negligent, the Purchaser shall provide evidence of the same,

where upon the Contractor shall remove such person from the execution of the Contract.

3.5.5 If any representative or person employed by the Contractor is removed in accordance with GCC sub-

clause 3.5.4, the Contractor shall, where required, promptly appoint a replacement.

3.6 Sub-contracting

3.6.1 The Contractor shall not sub contract any or all of the work without written consent of the Purchaser. The

Contractor shall be solely responsible to the Purchaser for all work including that of the sub-contractor, if

allowed by the Purchaser.

3.6.2 The corresponding Annexure (List of Approved Subcontractors) to the Contract specifies major items of

supply or services and a list of approved Subcontractors against each item, including vendors. The bidder

in his bid or Part-I bid in the case of two part tender, may indicate additional subcontractors for any of the

given items, for evaluation by the Purchaser and if found acceptable, inclusion of such subcontractor in

approved subcontractors list. In so far as no Subcontractors are listed against any such item, the

Contractor shall prepare and submit to Purchaser a list of Subcontractors for such items for approval and

inclusion in such list. List of sub-vendors as issued with the Contract shall be strictly adhered to for

procurement of goods/services from designated subcontractor(s). However, under very special and extra-

ordinary circumstances, Contractor may request Purchaser for change of subcontractor giving sufficient

reasons and submit name and credentials along with contractors recommendation of subcontractor(s)

proposed by him to the Purchaser for approval, in sufficient time so as not to impede the progress of

work. Approval by the Purchaser for any of the Subcontractors shall not relieve the Contractor from any

of its obligations, duties or responsibilities under the Contract.

3.6.3 The Contactor shall select and employ its Subcontractors for such major items from those listed in the

lists referred to in GCC sub-clause 3.6.2.

3.6.4 All payment to the sub-contractors shall be made by the Contractor.

3.6.5 In the event the Contractor violates the condition for obtaining consent under clause 3.6.1 above, the

Purchaser shall become entitled, in its discretion, to rescind that part of the Contract in respect of which

such violation has taken place, by giving 30 days notice to the Contractor. However, the Purchaser may in

the alternative, scrutinise such Sub-Contract or the Agreement entered into between the Contractor and

the Sub-Contractor, and either, ratify such sub-contract/ agreement subject to any conditions or

stipulations imposed by the Purchaser in that regard, or afford time to the Contractor to rectify/ remedy

his breach.

3.6.6 It will be the duty of the Contractor to make good any defects in the work of the Sub-Contractor or finish

any incomplete work at his own cost, and/or to compensate the Purchaser for any damage done by the

Sub-Contractor to the Property or Project of the Purchaser.

3.7 Subletting or Assignment of Contract

3.7.1 The Contractor shall not sublet, transfer or assign the Contract or any part thereof or bills or any other

benefits, accruing there from or under the contract without the prior written consent of the Purchaser.

Such assignment or sub-letting if approved by the Purchaser shall not relieve the Contractor from any

contractual obligation or responsibility under the Contract.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 16 of 54

3.7.2 Any breach of this condition shall entitle the Purchaser to cancel the Contract or any part thereof and to

purchase from other sources at the risk and cost of the Contractor in terms of GCC sub-clause no. 13.2

(Cancellation/Termination of Contract in Full or Part) hereof and/or recover from the Contractor damages

arising from such cancellation.

3.8 Quality Assurance

3.8.1 Procurement, Manufacture & Supply of Stores by the Contractor or Subcontractor(s) shall be subjected to

Purchaser‟s Quality Assurance (QA) requirement as per GCC clause no. 10 (Quality Assurance,

Inspection, Acceptance and Rejection).

4 SUBJECT MATTER OF CONTRACT

4.1 Scope of Work

4.1.1 Unless otherwise expressly limited in the Technical Specifications, the Contractor‟s obligations cover the

supply of all Plant and Equipment (covering design, engineering, procurement, manufacture, Quality

Assurance, testing, packing & forwarding transportation and delivery at site) in accordance with the plans,

procedures, specifications, drawings, codes and any other documents as specified in the Technical

Specifications. Such specifications include, but are not limited to, supply of Spares and Accessories.

4.1.2 In the case of any class of work for which there is no such specifications as referred to above, such work

shall be carried out in accordance with Bureau of Indian Standards Specifications. In case there are no

such specifications in Bureau of Indian Standards the work shall be carried out as per manufacturers'

specifications. In case there are no such Specifications as referred to above the work shall be carried out

in all respects in accordance with the instructions and requirements of the Project Manager.

4.1.3 The Contractor shall carry out / ensure the manufacture of Stores and all other execution of the

Contract with properly equipped facilities and non-hazardous materials, except as otherwise specified

in the Contract and without any extra cost to the Purchaser.

4.1.4 The Contractor shall, unless specifically excluded in the Contract, perform all such work and/or supply all

such items and materials not specifically mentioned in the Contract but that can be reasonably inferred

from the Contract as being required for efficient functioning of the Stores as per specifications of the

Tender, as if such work and/or items and materials were expressly mentioned in the Contract, and without

any extra cost to the Purchaser.

4.1.5 Alteration Of Specifications, Patterns And Drawings:

a) The Purchaser reserves the right to alter whenever necessary specifications, patterns and drawings. As

from that date, the Stores shall be in accordance with the specifications, patterns and drawings so

altered which the Contractor is bound to comply with.

b) In the event of such alteration involving a revision in the cost, or in the delivery period the same shall

be discussed and mutually agreed pursuant to GCC clause no. 11.2 (Changes Originating from

Purchaser).

4.2 Delivery Schedule

4.2.1 Date of delivery of the Stores stipulated in the Contract, shall be the essence of the Contract and delivery

of Stores must be completed by the dates specified therein. Unless otherwise agreed, the Contract shall

come into force from the date of issue of priced Purchase Order (Effective Date) and accordingly


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 17 of 54

contractual delivery period shall be reckoned from that date for the purpose of fixing Contractual Delivery

Date (CDD).

4.2.2 The Contractor shall complete delivery of the Stores (or of a part where a separate time for delivery of

such part is specified in the Contract) within the Contractual Delivery Date (CDD) stated in the contract.

Acceptance by the Purchaser of the Stores delivered by the Contractor after expiry of CDD shall be

subjected to GCC clause no. 6.2 (Delay in Supply).

4.2.3 The Contractor shall also ensure that the work sub-contracted by him is duly completed in time period

specified herein.

5 CONTRACT PRICE AND PAYMENT

5.1 Contract Price

5.1.1 The contract price shall be as specified in Section-A of the purchase order, which shall be stated and

payable in the currency as mentioned in GCC clause no. 5.2 (Price Basis) and 5.3 (Currency of Payment)

below.

5.1.2 For contract(s) with contractual delivery period less than and upto 12 (twelve) months, the contract price

shall be firm. However, contract price for such contracts(s) can be subjected to price adjustment only in

the event of delay attributable to the Purchaser causing actual contract period to exceed 12 (twelve)

months, as provided in GCC Sub clause 5.4.2.

5.1.3 For contracts with contractual delivery period exceeding 12 (twelve) months, the contract price shall be

subjected to price adjustment either on positive or on negative side as per GCC clause nos. 5.4 & 5.5

below to reflect changes in the cost of labour, material etc. Any bid containing a proposal for alternative

system of pricing, other than so specified under GCC clause no. 5.4 & 5.5 below run the risk of rejection.

However, the offer submitted on fixed price basis will not be rejected, but will be treated as the offer with

price adjustment being zero. The offer shall specifically confirm adherence to the price adjustment clause

of the tender, or whether it is on fixed price basis. The name, source and origin of material and labour

indices to be applied for price adjustment shall be as indicated in the bid subject to GCC sub-clause no.

5.5.2 & 5.5.3.

5.1.4 Currency Exchange rate variation for imported raw materials/components shall not be claimed/considered

separately.

5.2 Price Basis

The Contract prices of all items and spares covered under the contract shall be on safe delivery basis to

the Purchaser‟s site as under:

5.2.1 Price break-ups of indigenous items and spares shall be indicated as follows:

i) Ex-works price, including but not limited to CIF value of imported raw material / component required

for indigenous manufacture.

ii) Inland transportation and Transit insurance

The prices of indigenous items and spares shall be exclusive of all taxes, duties, cess, octroi, etc.

CENVAT benefits available to Indian manufacturers shall, however, be taken into consideration in quoted

prices and the Contractor shall pass on the benefits to the Purchaser. CIF value of the imported raw

materials/ components included in the Ex-works prices of indigenously manufactured items shall be


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 18 of 54

shown separately for the purposes of 15% price preference loading vis-à-vis domestically manufactured

goods for availing Deemed Export benefits, if any.

5.2.2 Price break-ups of imported items and spares delivered directly to the Site from Indian port of entry shall

be indicated as follows:

i) FOB prices,

ii) Ocean/Air freight & Marine insurance,

iii) Port handling/clearance, inland transportation and inland transit insurance.

FOB prices shall be inclusive of all taxes, duties, levies, inland transportation up to the port of shipment

and export licensing charges. Other than FOB prices, remaining price elements shall be exclusive of

taxes, duties, cess, octroi, etc. applicable in India.

5.2.3 The prices of Commissioning/Start-up spares shall be included in the basic prices of the main equipment

and these spares are to be essentially dispatched with the respective main equipment only. In case of

shortage of the Commissioning/Start-up spares during the actual erection and commissioning of the main

equipments, additional Commissioning/Start-up spares shall be supplied by the contractor at his own cost

and no customs duty / deemed export benefits for such additional Commissioning/Start-up spares shall be

available.

5.3 Currency of Payment

5.3.1 The contract price shall be in the currency in which price has been stated by the successful bidder in

accordance with the following,

a) For supply of equipment, spares and other materials supplied from abroad and delivered directly to

the Site from Indian port of entry, FOB price of such items shall be in Indian Rupees (INR), and/or

any other three freely tradable foreign currencies or any combination of these currencies. Indian

Contractor, opting for payment in foreign currency, shall comply with the requirements laid down by

Government of India from time to time.

b) For Supply of equipment, spares and other materials from indigenous sources, Ex-works price of such

items inclusive of CIF value of imported raw material / component, shall be in Indian Rupees (INR).

c) Incidental charges for supply of indigenous items like transportation and transit insurance charges up

to the Purchaser‟s site, in Indian Rupees (INR).

d) Ocean/Air Freight, Marine Insurance, Port Handling/Clearance, Local Transportation and Transit

Insurance charges for imported items to be delivered directly to the Purchaser, shall be in Indian

Rupees (INR).

e) Supervision Charges for Erection and Commissioning in INR. Charges for expatriate Supervisor

engaged for erection and commissioning, in INR, and/or any other three freely tradable foreign

currencies.

5.4 Price adjustment

5.4.1 The contract price shall be subjected to price adjustment during the execution of the contract, as provided

herein below. The price adjustment provisions shall not be taken into account for evaluation of offers.

5.4.2 The Contract Price adjustment under GCC clause no. 5.4 & 5.5 will only be applicable for the contracts,

where the original contractual completion period is more than 12 months.

For contract(s) where completion period as stipulated in NIT or Purchase order is less than and upto 12

(twelve) months and where there is a delay which is attributed to the Purchaser, due to which the period


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 19 of 54

of the contract exceeds 12 months, the contract price adjustments will be applicable for the extended

period. (For example, where the original contract period is 10 months and there is extension for 3 months,

then adjustment is payable for one month i.e.13th month only). However, the Subscript value of “0”

defined in GCC sub-clause nos. 5.5.1 below shall be the indices of the last month of the original contract

period (i.e., the 10th month in the above example).

5.4.3 Only the following components of the contract price will be subject to Price adjustment:

a) Ex-works price of indigenous plant and equipment excluding spares and value of free issue materials

(if any) to be supplied by the Purchaser. The price adjustment will be allowed up-to a ceiling of +/-

twenty percent (20%) of the total Ex-works price component. Price adjustment of individual items

will be allowed to such an extent that net price adjustment of all the items in a given currency does

not exceed this 20% ceiling and shall be payable/ recoverable accordingly.

b) FOB prices of imported plant and equipment excluding spares. The price adjustment will be allowed

up-to a ceiling of +/- twenty percent (20%) of the total FOB price component, in each of the contract

currencies separately. Price adjustment of individual items will be allowed to such an extent that net

price adjustment of all the items in a given currency does not exceed this 20% ceiling and shall be

payable/ recoverable accordingly.

5.4.4 No adjustment of prices is allowed on spares, tools, tackles and accessories. Engineering charges, testing

charges, analysis charges etc shown/payable separately shall also not be eligible for Price Adjustment

5.5 Price Adjustment Formula

5.5.1 The price adjustment formula to be applied to the ex-works/FOB price-component of the items shall be as

follows:

ECl = EC ( F + a.Ml f1+ b.Nl f2 + c.Ol f3+ d.Pl f4+ e.Ql f5+ lb.Ll flb )

M0 N0 O0 P0 Q0 L0

Where,

EC1 = Adjusted ex-works/FOB price-component of items /equipments.

EC = Basic ex-works/FOB price-component of items /equipments.

M, N, O, P & Q = Corresponding published price indices of various materials.

lb = Co-efficient of labour content in the ex-works/FOB cost of item/equipment.

L = Labour index.

F = Fixed portion of the ex-works/FOB component of the items/equipments

which will not be subject to any adjustment.

a, b, c, d & e = Coefficients of major materials involved in the ex-works/FOB price of the

items/equipments. The band of these coefficients is given separately and the

Bidders/ Contractors are required to select from the band the coefficients in

such a way that the sum of all these coefficients, „F‟- Fixed portion and „lb‟-

Labour coefficient shall add up to one.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 20 of 54

f1, f2, f3, f4, f5 …. are exchange rate corrective factors for the respective materials and flb is the

exchange rate correction factor for labour with reference to the currency of

the country of origin of index and the respective contract currency (INR),

such that:

f = Z0

Z1

Where, Z is the number of units of the currency of the country of origin of index, which is equivalent to

one unit of contract currency (INR). The exchange rates to be used for calculation of factor „f‟ shall be

as per bills selling exchange rates established by The State Bank of India. In the event origin of index

happens to be India, „f „ shall be equal to one (01).

Subscript „0‟ refers to indices/exchange rates as prevailing on the seventh day prior to the due date of

submission of bid [Submission of both Part - I (Technical & Commercial except Price) and Part – II

(Price Bid)]. For the purpose of exchange rate, if this day happens to be a holiday, the nearest previous

working day shall be considered. The Contractor will submit authentic copies of relevant published

indices as on this date applicable to the tender, along with his offer or any time before opening of Price

bid.

Subscript „1‟ refers to the indices/ exchange rates as on:

a) 90 days prior to the date of dispatch for labour component, and

b) The expiry of 2/3rd

period from the date of purchase order to the date of dispatch, for material

component.

For the purpose of this clause, the date of dispatch shall mean Contractual Delivery Date as per

Contract or actual date of dispatch, whichever is earlier. For the purpose of exchange rate, if this day

happens to be a holiday, the nearest previous working day shall be considered for this purpose.

5.5.2 Index of Indigenous Raw materials/components and Labour:

The indices for such material and labour subjected to Price Adjustment shall be clearly named in the offer

submitted. For the materials the indices as published by Reserve Bank of India and for the labour the

indices as published by Labour Bureau Shimla, only shall be applicable

5.5.3 Index of Imported Raw Materials/components:

The indices for such material and labour subjected to Price Adjustment shall be clearly named in the offer

submitted. The indices shall be well established and nationally recognized in the country of manufacture.

If any other index is proposed full justification for its use shall be provided. Preferably only Government

indices shall be used.

5.5.4 The Contractor is also required to provide authentic copies of indices pertaining to applicable end dates

along with each dispatch-wise invoice for arriving at adjusted ex-works/FOB price component without

which the invoices will not be processed.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 21 of 54

5.5.5 Adjusted Contract Price for Supply component

The adjusted contract price shall be:

EC1 + other elements of contract price, if any.

5.5.6 In case of supplies which are delayed beyond the Contractual Delivery Date (as given in the Contract) for

reasons attributable to the Purchaser, the price adjustment provisions shall continue to be applicable for an

additional period equal to delay caused by the Purchaser, subject to GCC sub-clause 5.4.1, 5.4.2 & 5.4.3.

This shall, however not deemed to be automatic extension of Contractual Date of Delivery.

In case of supplies which are delayed beyond the Contractual Delivery Date (as given in Contract) for

reasons attributable to the Contractor or Force Majeure events, the provision of Price Adjustment shall not

be applicable beyond the corresponding Contractual Delivery Date.

In case Supplies are delayed beyond the Contractual Delivery Date (as given in the Contract) and the total

delayed period can be apportioned between delays due to the Purchaser, the Contractor and / or Force

Majeure events, Price adjustments for the period of delay caused by the Purchaser will be allowed

considering as if this delay due to the Purchaser happened first, immediately after Contractual Delivery

Date, irrespective of actual point in time in which such delay by Purchaser occurs. No price adjustment

shall be allowed for delays apportioned to the Contractor and / or Force Majeure events.

5.5.7 The band of the coefficients applicable for price adjustment are given in GCC sub-clause no. 5.5.7.1

below. The Contractor shall choose each coefficient from the bands in such a way that the sum of all these

coefficients ie „a‟, „b‟, „c‟ … the material coefficients, „F‟- Fixed portion and „lb‟- Labour coefficient shall

add up to one. Further the value of the co-efficients indicating weightage of various materials (a,b,…),

weightage of fixed portion and labour portion (F and lb ), applicable indices, source and their base values

for the purpose of price adjustment under this contract are to be furnished by the contractor in his bid or

Part-I bid in the case of two part tender, as per the following formats:

5.5.7.1 Ex-works/FOB component of the Items (excluding spares, tools and tackles)

Sl. No. Item

Value of Coefficient

Bidders have to restrict each

coefficient within these

bands

Source of

indices

used

Value of base date indices

as prevailing „7‟ days prior

to the date of submission of

Part-I and Part-II Bid.

1

2

3

Fixed portion

Materials

a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

Labour

F : 0.15

a =

b =

c =

d =

e =

lb= Between 0.25 to 0.35.

-- --

Between

0.5 to 0.6


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 22 of 54

5.6 Terms of payment

5.6.1 Items & Materials (including spares) supplied from indigenous sources as well as those supplied from

abroad for delivery to Site directly from Indian Port of Entry

a) 90% of Ex-works / FOB price will be paid on pro-rata basis along with Transportation, Transit

Insurance charges, Price Adjustment amount and Taxes & Duties and levies as applicable, in full, on

receipt of the Stores at Site and against submission original shipping release, proof of receipt by the

consignee and other documents mentioned in the Contract.

b) Balance 10% Ex-works /FOB price will be released on acceptance of the Stores at Site after

inspection and issue of Site Stores Inspection Report / Receipt Voucher by the consignee (GCC Sub

clause 1.1.1 (a)), submission of bank guarantee by the Contractor for 10% of Purchase Order value

towards performance of stores as per GCC Sub clause 3.4.5 and if required under the Contract, and in

case of contract(s) with Free Issue Material (FIM) Certificate of completion of Free Issue Material

accounting by Purchaser‟s representative and receipt of Receipted delivery challan for return of

balance Free Issue Material (FIM) to Purchaser's Stores.

For Supply of plant /equipments/machinery/instruments including erection and commissioning,

balance 10% (ten) percent of the Ex-works / FOB value for supply plus erection and commissioning

charges and taxes in full as applicable thereon will be released on acceptance of the plant/equipment

/machinery/instruments at Site after commissioning and final acceptance (GCC Sub clause 1.1.1 (b)),

and submission of other documentary evidence as mentioned in the first para of this GCC sub-clause

5.6.1 (b).

5.6.2 Ocean Freight and Marine Insurance, Port Clearance/Handling charges in respect of items supplied from

abroad for delivery to Site directly from Indian Port of Entry :

Ocean freight and Marine Insurance, Port Clearance/Handling charges along with applicable taxes and

duties thereon will be released on pro-rata basis against receipt of items at site i.e. along with 5.6.1 (a)

above.

5.6.3 Testing/ Analysis Charges

Testing/ Analysis charges in full along with Indian taxes and duties as applicable shall be paid on pro-rata

basis on successful completion of corresponding Testing/Analysis, submission of report thereof and

acceptance of the same by the Purchaser.

5.6.4 Supervision of Erection and Commissioning Charges:

Service charges for Supervision of erection and commissioning in full along with Indian taxes and duties

as applicable will be released on successful completion of erection and commissioning.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 23 of 54

5.7 Application for Payment

5.7.1 The Contractors shall submit their invoices for various payments due as per Purchase Order payment

terms, along with application for payment in the prescribed proforma to the Paying Authority named in

the Contract. Proforma of application for payment is enclosed as Annexure-D to the GCC.

5.7.2 Each such application for payment shall be accompanied by all required documents as set forth in the

Contract and/or intimated to the Contractor in advance. The application for payment by the Contractor if

found deficient in any respect, shall not be processed and in such an event, the Purchaser shall intimate to

the Contractor in writing within 15 days of receipt of such deficient application indicating the deficiency

for rectification of the same by the Contractor. Payment will be released within 30 days from the date of

receipt of application for payment complete in all respects and acceptable to the Purchaser.

5.8 Mode of Payment

5.8.1 All payments to the Indian Contractors shall be directly made by the Purchaser through Account Payee

cheque and/or through Wire Transfer/ ECS. In the event of payment through Demand Draft/Pay Order, if

requested by the Contractor, charges for the same shall be to the account of the Contractor.

5.8.2 No payment made by the Purchaser herein shall be deemed to constitute acceptance by the Purchaser of

the Facilities or any part(s) thereof.

5.8.3 The Purchaser reserves the right to carry out post payment audit and technical examination of the final bill

including all supporting vouchers, abstracts etc. The Purchaser further reserves the right to enforce

recovery of any overpayment when detected, not withstanding the fact that the amount of the final bill

may have been included by one of the parties as an item of dispute before an arbitrator appointed under

arbitration clause of this Contract and not withstanding the fact that the amount of the final bill figures in

the arbitration award.

5.9 Interest on Delayed Payment

5.9.1 The Purchaser will pay interest for delay in payments for final 10% basic price [GCC sub-clause no. 5.6.1

(b)] payable on acceptance of items at site at the rate shown in clause 5.9.2 below for the period beyond

95 days from the date of receipt of item(s) till the date of payment subject to receipt of invoice and all

supporting documents in acceptable form by the payment due date.

5.9.2 The Purchaser shall pay to the Contractor interest on the amount of such delayed payment at the rate(s)

stated herein below for the period of delay as per GCC sub-clause no. 5.9.1:

a) For payment in Indian Rupees: For delayed payment, applicable interest rate shall be Prime Lending

Rate (PLR) of State Bank of India.

b) For payment in Foreign Currency: For delayed payment, applicable interest rate shall be London Inter

Bank Offer Rate (LIBOR).

5.9.3 The provisions of this clause 5.9 ( Interest on Delayed Payment ) shall not apply in the event the

Contractor fail to deliver the stores or any part thereof Pursuant to GCC sub-clause 6.1

(Completion Time Guarantee ) within the original Contractual Delivery Date prescribed for the same


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 24 of 54

5.10 Recovery of Advance Payments in case of breach of contract

5.10.1 In case the Contractor fails to execute the contract due to reasons not attributable to the Purchaser and

which do not fall under Force Majeure as per the tender conditions, the outstanding advance payments

made shall be recovered, along with the interest at the rate specified herein below. This shall be without

prejudice to the other remedies available to the Purchaser under the Terms and Conditions of the Contract.

5.10.2 Advance Payment in Indian Rupees: Recovery shall be made with Interest at PLR of State Bank of India.

5.10.3 Advance Payment in Foreign Currency: Recovery shall be made with Interest as per LIBOR.

5.11 Recovery of Sums Due

5.11.1 Whenever any claim for the payment of any Liquidated Damages or loss suffered by the Purchaser arises

in terms of money out of the Contract against the Contractor, the Purchaser shall be entitled to recover

such sums from the balance of the total sum, which at any time hereafter may become due to the

Contractor from this Contract or any other Contract with the Purchaser. Should this sum be not sufficient

to cover the amount of damages or loss that may be recoverable, the Contractor shall pay to the Purchaser

on demand the amount due. Purchaser shall also have the right to appropriating, in part or full, the

Security Deposit/Performance Bond submitted by the Contractor to recover any/all of its claims on the

Contractor.

5.11.2 If the Purchaser has made any claim, whether liquidated damages or otherwise against the Contractor

under this Contract or any other Contract with the Purchaser, the payment of all sums payable under the

Contract to the Contractor including the Security Deposit/Performance Bond shall be withheld to the

extent of claims due according to the Purchaser till such claims of the Purchaser are finally paid by the

Contractor, pending which the same will be adjusted. Notwithstanding the provision for recovery through

adjustment, the Purchaser shall be free to recover his claims from the Contractor as per the terms of the

Contract.

5.11.3 All sums payable by way of compensation under any of the conditions of contract shall be considered as

reasonable compensation to be applied to the use of the Purchaser wit++hout reference to the actual loss

or damage sustained; and whether or not any damage shall have been sustained.

5.12 Taxes and Duties

5.12.1 The Contractor shall bear all non-Indian taxes, duties, levies etc. payable upto FOB in respect of sourcing

items from abroad.

5.12.2 Contractor shall be responsible for payment of all Indian Taxes, Duties and all other statutory levies as

applicable in connection with supply of the Stores. This clause shall be read in conjunction with ITT

clause no. 9.0 and contractor can claim reimbursement of Indian Taxes, Duties, Levies paid from the

Purchaser only to the extent provided in the ITT clause no. 9.0. „Price Adjustment‟ (GCC clause nos. 5.4

and 5.5) amounts if any, shall be taken into account in Contract Price on which such Taxes, Duties,

Levies etc. are reimbursable by the Purchaser.

5.12.3 For extension in the contractual delivery period for the reasons attributable to the Purchaser and/or Force

Majeure, increase in existing taxes & duties, if any, and new tax component introduced in the extended

period shall be reimbursed to the Contractor, subject to ITT Clause no. 9.0 and submission of

documentary proof. No increase / new tax shall be payable for the delay period due to reasons attributable

to the Contractor.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 25 of 54

5.12.4 In case of any other new indirect taxes / cess, if levied by Government during the contractual delivery

period, the same shall be reimbursed / paid by the Purchaser, as the case may be, at actual against

documentary evidence. This provision shall not apply to changes in Personal Income tax or Corporate

Income tax or to changes in non-Indian Taxes.

5.12.5 Direct Tax:

a) The Purchaser shall have the right to withhold taxes on income, excess profits, royalty and other taxes

from payments due to Contractor under this Contract to the extent that such withholding may be

required by the government of India or any relevant authority thereof or by the government of any

other country, and payment by the Purchaser to the respective governmental office of the amount of

money so withheld will relieve the Purchaser from any further obligation to Contractor with respect to

the amount so withheld.

b) The Purchaser shall, at the time of its payments due to the Contractor, withhold the necessary taxes at

such rate as is required by any Government Authority, unless and to the extent that the Contractor

shall produce to the Purchaser any certificate issued by a Government Authority (having authority to

issue such certificate) entitling the Contractor to receive the payments under the Contract for a

prescribed period without deduction of any tax or deduction at a lower rate.

c) The Purchaser shall provide the necessary withholding tax certificates to the Contractor within the

time stipulated by the relevant law to enable the Contractor to file the same with the Government

Authority as a proof of payment of such taxes.

d) All taxes levied on Contractor‟s corporate income or profits shall be for the account of Contractor and

shall not be reimbursed by the Purchaser. Contractor shall also be responsible for payment of income

taxes of its personnel levied in India or elsewhere.

5.12.6 Indirect Tax:

a) The Purchaser shall, at the time of its payments due to the Contractor, withhold the necessary tax at

source at such rate as is required under the respective state sales tax / value added tax legislation

unless and to the extent that the Contractor shall produce to the Purchaser any certificate issued by a

Government Authority (having authority to issue such certificate) entitling the Contractor to receive

the payments under the Contract for a prescribed period without deduction of any tax or deduction at

a lower rate.

b) The Purchaser shall provide the necessary withholding tax certificates to the Contractor within the

time stipulated by the relevant law to enable the Contractor to file the same with the Government

Authority as a proof of payment of such taxes.

6 GUARANTEES, LIABILITIES AND RISK DISTRIBUTION

6.1 Completion Time Guarantee

6.1.1 The Contractor guarantees that it shall complete the delivery of the Stores covered in the Purchase

Order(or a part for which a separate time is specified in the contract) on or before Contractual Delivery

Date (CDD) specified in the Purchase Order, or within such extended time to which the Contractor shall

be entitled under GCC clause no. 12.1 (Extension of Time for Completion) hereof.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 26 of 54

6.2 Delay in Supply

6.2.1 Should the Contractor fail to deliver the stores or any part thereof Pursuant to GCC sub-clause 6.1.1

within the CDD prescribed for the same, it shall be construed as a breach of the Contract and the

Purchaser shall be entitled at his option to the following:

(a) To receive the facilities after prescribed CDD with the right to recover from the Contractor agreed

Liquidated Damages (LD) at the rate indicated below:

S.

No. Delivery Period

Liquidated Damages,

Rate per Week (1)

Maximum Amount

of L.D. (2)

1. Delivery period

(as originally stipulated) not

exceeding one year.

@ 1% of the value of

delayed/ undelivered

portion of the supplies of

Purchase Order, per

week or part thereof

5% of the value of


portion of Supplies

of the Purchase

Order.

2. Delivery period

(as originally stipulated)

exceeding one year but not

exceeding two years.

@ 0.5% of the value of


portion of the supplies of

Purchase Order, per

week or part thereof.

5% of the value of


portion of Supplies

of the Purchase

Order.

3. Delivery period

(as originally stipulated)

exceeding two years.

@ 0.25% of the value of


portion of the supplies

Purchase Order, per

week or part thereof.

5% of the value of


portion of Supplies

of the Purchase

Order.

However, the payment of liquidated damages shall not in any way relieve the Contractor from any of

its obligations and liabilities under the Contract.

(b) To terminate the contract in full or in parts as per GCC sub-clause no. 13.2 (Cancellation /

Termination of Contract in Full or Part).

6.3 Functional Guarantees

6.3.1 The Contractor guarantees that during the Guarantee Test, the Stores and all parts thereof shall attain the

Functional Guarantees specified in the Technical Specification of the Contract, subject to and upon the

conditions therein specified.

6.3.2 If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the level of the Functional Guarantees in respect of the

equipment designed and supplied by the Contractor are not met at any time upto expiry of Defect Liability

Period, as per the contract, either in whole or in part, the Contractor shall at his cost and expense make

such changes, modifications and/or additions to the Equipment or any part thereof as may be necessary to

meet level of such Guarantees. The Contractor shall notify the Purchaser upon completion of the

necessary changes, modifications and/or additions, and shall request the Purchaser to repeat the Guarantee

Test until the level of the Guarantees has been met. If the Contractor eventually fails to meet the level of

Functional Guarantees, the Purchaser shall have the right of recourse to levying damages as specified in

the Contract, without prejudice to any other rights of the Purchaser under the contract.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 27 of 54

6.4 Defect Liability

The Contractor shall warrant that the Stores, Plant & Equipments supplied under the Contract shall be

brand new, free from defects, manufactured with the latest state-of-art of manufacture and conform

strictly in accordance with the technical specifications, drawings and data sheets of the Contract. No

deviation from these specifications or alteration shall be made without specific and written accord of the

Purchaser. All Stores shall be guaranteed to be of the best quality of their respective kinds and shall be

free from defects in the design engineering, materials, workmanship, and be of specified size and capacity

so as to fulfil in all respects the requirements of the Purchaser as specified in the Contract.

6.4.1 Defect Liability Period

a) Items / Equipment / System / Spares / Tools / Tackles / Accessories

The defect liability period shall be 18 months from the date of receipt of items at site or 12 months

from the date of acceptance, whichever occurs first.

6.4.2 Contractors Liability for Defective Stores / Facilities

The Purchaser may accept the Store, if it is complete in all respects or alternatively accept the same on

such terms as may be considered appropriate. If the Stores after the acceptance thereof is found to have

defects, latent or otherwise, notwithstanding that such defects could have been discovered at the time of

inspection, or any defects therein are found to have developed during the Defect Liability Period while

under proper use or subsequently it is found that Stores failed to fulfil the requirements or Particulars of

the Contract, the Purchaser shall be entitled to give a notice to the Contractor during Defect Liability

Period and within two (2) months thereafter, setting forth details of such defects or failure and the

Contractor shall forthwith make the defective Stores good or alter the same to make it comply with the

requirements of the Contract at his own cost.

Further if in the opinion of the Purchaser, defects are of such a nature that the same cannot be made good

or repaired without impairing the efficiency or workability of the Stores or if in the opinion of the

Purchaser, such opinion being final, the Stores cannot be repaired or altered to make it comply with the

requirements of the Contract, the Contractor shall remove and replace the same with a Stores conforming

in all respects to the stipulated specifications, at the Contractor's own cost.

If the repair, replacement or making good is of such a character that it may affect the efficiency of the

Stores or any part thereof, the Purchaser may give to the Contractor a notice requiring that certain tests of

the defective part of the Stores shall be made by the Contractor immediately upon completion of such

remedial work, whereupon the Contractor shall carry out such tests at his own cost.

If such part fails the tests, the Contractor shall carry out further repair, replacement or making good (as

the case may be) until that part of the Stores passes such tests. The tests shall be agreed upon by the

Purchaser and the Contractor.

The Contractor shall also be responsible for any loss or damage to the Stores caused by the Contractor or

it‟s Subcontractors in the course of any work carried out, pursuant to GCC Clause 6.4 (Defect Liability).


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 28 of 54

6.4.3 Failure to Remedy Defects

If the Contractor fails to make the desired repairs/replacement within 15 days of issue of notice pursuant

to GCC Sub clause 6.4.2 then such repairs/ replacement at the cost of the Contractor shall be carried out

by the Purchaser, with Stores of the same Particulars or when the Stores conforming to the stipulated

Particulars are not in the opinion of the Purchaser readily procurable, such opinion being final, then the

nearest available substitute thereof.

The Purchaser may reject at the cost of the Contractor the whole or any part of the Stores, as the case may

be, which is defective or fails to fulfil the requirements of the Contract and make the desired

repairs/replacement as stipulated above. In the event of such rejection the Purchaser shall be entitled to

use the rejected Stores in a reasonable and proper manner for such time as sufficient to enable the

Purchaser to obtain replacement, as herein before provided.

6.4.4 Extension of Defects Liability Period

a) If the Stores or any part thereof cannot be used by reason of such defect and/or making good of such

defect, the Defect Liability Period of the Stores or such part, as the case may be, shall be extended by

a period equal to the period during which the Stores or such part cannot be used by the Purchaser

because of any of the aforesaid reasons. Upon correction of the defects in the Stores or any part

thereof by repair/replacement, such repair/replacement shall have the Defects Liability Period for a

period of twelve (12) months from the time such repair/replacement of the Stores or any part thereof

has been completed.

b) In addition, the Contractor shall also provide an extended warranty for any such Stores and during the

period of time as may be specified in the SCC. Such obligation shall be in addition to the defect

liability period specified under GCC sub-clause no. 6.4.1.

6.4.5 Latent Defects Liability

At the end of Defects Liability Period, the Contractor‟s liability ceases except for latent defects. The

Contractor‟s liability for latent defects warranty for the plant and equipments including spares shall be a

limited to a period of five (5) years from the end of Defects Liability Period of the respective plant and

equipment including spares.

In case, there is any dispute between the Purchaser and the Contractor regarding latent defects, any of the

parties listed in the Contract or any other third party as mutually agreed upon by the Purchaser and the

Contractor, shall be engaged by the Purchaser for settling the dispute.

The third party, so engaged by the Purchaser shall be paid fee plus reasonable expenditures incurred in the

execution of its duties as mentioned above. These costs shall be initially paid by the Purchaser. In case

of latent defect being proved, such costs shall be recoverable from the Contractor and the Contractor shall

bear and reimburse such costs to the Purchaser.

If the dispute regarding latent defects can not be settled as above, then the dispute shall be settled as per

provision of GCC Clause 14 (Settlement of Dispute)

6.5 Transfer of Ownership

6.5.1 Ownership of the imported stores (including spare parts) supplied by foreign sub-vendor of the main

Indian contractor to be directly delivered to Site shall be transferred to the Purchaser on the High Seas

Sales basis.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 29 of 54

6.5.2 Ownership of the indigenous stores (including spare parts) excluding items of interstate transaction shall

be transferred to the Purchaser when the Stores are brought on to the Site. The Purchaser will issue the

requisite sales tax declaration form(s) in order to get the benefit of any concession in the rate of sales tax.

6.5.3 Ownership of the indigenous stores (including spare parts) covered under interstate transaction shall be

transferred to the Purchaser on sale in transit basis. The Purchaser will issue the requisite sales tax

declaration form(s) in order to get the benefit of any concession in the rate of sales tax. Further, in case of

all components, equipments and materials identified by the Contractor and the Purchaser to be dispatched

directly from the sub-contractor‟s works to Purchaser‟s site in a State different from the State wherein

sub-contractor‟s works are located, the Contractor shall effect sale in transit.

6.5.4 Transfer of title shall not in any way relieve the Contractor of its responsibilities and liabilities under the

contract. Notwithstanding the transfer of ownership of the Stores, the responsibility for care and custody

thereof together with the risk of loss or damage thereto shall remain with the Contractor until Safe

delivery of the Stores to the Purchaser‟s site.

6.6 Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) Indemnification

6.6.1 The Contractor shall at all times indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser and its employees and

officers from and against all claims which may be made in respect of Stores covered by this contract

against infringement of any right protected by Patent Registration, Law of Designs, Trade Marks, utility

model, copyright and other intellectual property rights registered or otherwise existing.

6.6.2 Provided that such indemnity shall not apply when such infringement has taken place in complying with

the specific directions issued by the Purchaser but the Contractor shall pay any royalties or other charges

payable in respect of any such use, the amount so paid being reimbursed to the Contractor only if the use

was the result of any drawings and/or specifications issued by the Purchaser after submission of the price

bid or revised price bid, if any.

6.7 Indemnity against Loss / Damage

6.7.1 Contractor shall indemnify the Purchaser against any risk of accidents or damage to the Stores till safe

delivery to the Purchaser‟s site.

6.7.2 Contractor shall indemnify the Purchaser against all latent defects of the stores, for a period of five (05)

years from the end (i.e. satisfactory completion) of the Defect Liability period.

6.7.3 The Contractor shall indemnify the Purchaser and keep the Purchaser indemnified to the extent of full

value of Free Issue Material (FIM) issued by the Purchaser for fabrication of items at Contractor‟s works

outside Purchaser‟s site, till such time the entire contract is executed and proper account for the FIM is

rendered by the former to the latter.

6.7.4 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser and its employees and officers, and their

respective agents, against all claims, demands, damages, losses, costs and expenses of whatsoever nature

(including legal fees and expenses) in respect of :

a) bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, of any person whatsoever

b) damage to or loss of any property, real or personal (other than the facilities whether accepted or not)

arising in connection with design, manufacture, supply and delivery of the stores and remedying of any


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 30 of 54

defects, unless attributable to any negligence, wilful act or breach of the Contract by the Purchaser, its

employees, officers or their respective agents.

6.7.5 (a) The Contractor shall pay and indemnify the Purchaser against any liability in respect of any fees or

charges payable by him under any Act of Parliament, State Laws, any Government instrument, rule or

order and any regulations or by-laws of any Local authority in respect of the Stores prevailing on the date

of submission of tender.

(b) The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Purchaser harmless from and against all claims, damages

and expenses arising out of his failure to obtain all permit and licenses which he is required to comply

with in respect of Laws, Ordinances, Regulations of the Central or State Government and/or Local/Public

Authorities.

6.7.6 Right of Recourse under Civil Liability for Nuclear Damages Act 2010 & Rule 2011 thereof;

(a) The Purchaser shall have Right to Recourse against the contractor in accordance with provisions under

Section 17(a) of Civil Liability for Nuclear Damage Act, 2010, with following limitations, as stipulated in

Rule 24 of the Civil Liability for Nuclear Damage Rules, 2011:

The Contractor‟s liability shall be to the extent of the Operator‟s liability under sub-section(2) of Section

6 of the Act or the value of the contract, whichever is less,

AND

The duration of Contractor‟s liability shall be limited to duration of initial license issued by AERB or the

product liability period, whichever is longer.

(b) The term “supplier” and the duration and extent of supplier‟s liability are explained in Rule 24 of the Civil

Liability for Nuclear Damage (CLND) Rules, 2011. For any questions relating to supplier‟s liability

under section 17 of the Civil Liability for Nuclear Damage (CLND) Act, 2010, Government of India‟s

clarifications dated February 08, 2015 may be referred to. These have been posted at the websites of

Ministry of External Affairs and the Department of Atomic Energy under the title “Frequently Asked

Questions and Answers on Civil Liability for Nuclear Damage Act 2010 and Related Issues”.

(c) In regard to contracts with manufacturers of or vendors for supply of systems, equipment, components, or

building of structures, or provision of services to nuclear installations which are operating or are under

construction or those to be installed in future for which NPCIL is the system designer and technology

owner, being responsible for safety design of such installations, NPCIL shall assume the role of supplier

in accordance with the explanation of the term “supplier” given in Rule 24 of the CLND Rules, 2011 and

in the context of section 17(a) and (b) of the CLND Act, 2010.

(d) Other suppliers can avail the Nuclear Suppliers‟ Special Contingency (Against Right of Recourse)

Insurance Policy provided by the India Nuclear Insurance Pool to cover any liability exposure under

section 17(a) and (b) of the CLND Act, 2010. NPCIL maintains the operator‟s statutory insurance under

the CLND Act, 2010 by subscribing to the Nuclear Operator‟s Liability Policy offered by the India

Nuclear Insurance pool, thereby subrogating to the India Nuclear Insurance pool the operator‟s “right of

recourse” against suppliers under section 17(a) & (b) of the CLND Act, 2010.

6.8 Indemnity for Taxes and Duties

6.8.1 Contractor hereby protects, indemnifies and holds harmless the Purchaser from any and all claims or

liability for income, excess profits, customs duties, royalty or any other taxes, duties, penalties etc.,

assessed or levied by the government of India or by any appropriate authority thereof or by the

government of any other country against Contractor or its Subcontractor or against the Purchaser for or on

account of any payment made to or earned by Contractor or its Subcontractor hereunder.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 31 of 54

Contractor further protects and holds the Purchaser harmless from all taxes assessed or levied against or

on account of wages, salaries or other benefits paid to Contractor‟s employees or employees of its

Subcontractor and all taxes assessed or levied against or on the account of any property or Equipment of

the Contractor.

6.8.2 Contractor shall give prompt notice to the Purchaser of all matters pertaining to non-payments, payment

under protest or claim for immunity or exemption from any taxes and duties.

6.8.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for filing all necessary Tax returns (including, without limitation,

returns for Corporate Income tax, Personal Income tax, Service tax, Sales tax and Excise Duty) with the

relevant Government Authorities in accordance with all applicable statutory requirements and shall be

responsible for providing all information requested by such Government Authorities.

6.8.4 The Contractor shall also ensure that its subcontractors file such returns as stipulated by the relevant

Government Authorities and furnish such information as requested for by the relevant Government

Authorities.

6.8.5 In certain situations, a Government Authority may treat the Purchaser as the representative assessee of the

Contractor and/or its subcontractors and recover the Taxes due to the Government Authority by the

Contractor or its subcontractors from the Purchaser. In such situations, the Purchaser shall have the

following rights:

(a) The Purchaser shall be entitled to recover from the Contractor, the Taxes paid on behalf of the

Contractor or its subcontractors (together with any costs and expenses incurred by the Purchaser in

connection therewith) or to retain the same out of any amounts to be paid to the Contractor or its

subcontractors that may be in its possession (whether due under this Contract or otherwise) and shall

pay only the balance, if any, to the Contractor; and

(b) If the Purchaser is required to furnish any details or documents in such capacity, the Purchaser shall

request the details or documents to be furnished to it by the Contractor and the Contractor shall

immediately furnish the same to the Purchaser. If the Contractor fails to comply with the foregoing,

any penalty/interest levied on the Purchaser for non-filing or late filing of details or documents in this

regard shall be recoverable from the Contractor.

6.9 Limitation of Liability

6.9.1 Except in cases of criminal negligence or wilful misconduct,

(a) the Contractor shall not be liable to the Purchaser, whether in contract, tort, or otherwise, for any

indirect or consequential loss or damage, loss of use, loss of production, or loss of profits or interest

costs, provided that this exclusion shall not apply to any obligation of the Contractor to pay liquidated

damages and/or any other penalties/recovery etc. specifically provided for in the Contract, to the

Purchaser

(b) the aggregate liability of the Contractor to the Purchaser, whether under the Contract, in tort or

otherwise, shall not exceed the total Contract Price, provided that this limitation shall not apply to the


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 32 of 54

cost of repairing or replacing defective equipment, or to any obligation of the Contractor to indemnify

the Purchaser with respect to IPR infringement.

6.10 Insurance

6.10.1 General Requirements for Insurances

The Contractor shall, “at his own cost”, take out and maintain in effect the following Insurance based on

reinstatement value during the performance of the contract and the Purchaser shall be named as co-

insured under all insurance policies. All Insurer‟s rights of subrogation against co-insured shall be

waived. Deductibles / excesses if any, under the insurance policies shall be borne by the Contractor. The

identity of the insurers and the type of policies shall be subject to the approval of the Purchaser.

Unless otherwise stated, insurances under this sub-clause shall cover all physical loss / damage and third

party liability subject only to minimum compulsory / general exclusions.

Alterations to the terms of insurance shall not be made without the approval of the Purchaser.

The required insurance coverage referred to and set forth in this clause shall in no way affect or limit

Contractor's liability with respect to performance of the work or any obligation under the contract / law.

6.10.2 Insurance of Free Issue Materials

The Contractor shall take out and maintain insurance policy as per GCC Sub-clause No. 9.2.3 (Insurance

of FIM), to cover loss or damage to FIM supplied by the Purchaser.

6.10.3 Cargo Insurance during Transport

During Marine transit (Sea/Air) and Inland transportation, covering loss or damage as per ICC – clause –

„A‟ with War / Strike-Riot-Civil Commotions (SRCC) provisions, for full replacement value of the

consignment/cargo from the Contractor‟s or Sub-contractor‟s works or Stores until arrival at Purchaser‟s

site.

6.10.4 In all insurance policies mentioned in this clause, Purchaser shall be named as “Loss Payee”.

6.10.5 Unless otherwise provided in the contract, the Contractor shall prepare and conduct all and any claims

made under the policies effected by it pursuant to this GCC sub-clause 6.10 and the monies payable by

any insurers to the Purchaser – as „Loss Payee‟ shall in turn be paid to the Contractor as per the procedure

outlined in GCC sub-clause 6.10.6 below. The Purchaser shall give to the Contractor all such reasonable

assistance as may be required by the Contractor in preparation and / or settlement of claims with the

insurers. With respect to insurance claims in which the Purchaser‟s interest is involved, the Contractor

shall not give any release or make any comprise with the insurer without the prior written consent of the

Purchaser.

6.10.6 a) Wherever the total damages / loss of equipment / materials would occur, the Contractor would be

entitled to payment to all amounts received from the insurer(s) except the following amounts :


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 33 of 54

(i) the amount paid to the Contractor under the contract in respect of equipment / materials /

services damaged / lost, excluding pro-rata initial / mobilization advance but including

the entire amount of Price Adjustment, if any, already paid to the Contractor.

(ii) taxes, duties, and other statutory levies, which have already been reimbursed by the

Purchaser.

In the event the claim money settled is less than the total of the amounts in (i) & (ii) above, then

the entire claim money settled will be retained by the Purchaser and the Contractor will forewith

pay the Purchaser the shortfall amount between the claim money received from the insurer(s) and

the total of the amounts as per (i) & (ii) mentioned above.

Subsequent payments, if any, due under the contract shall be regulated by the relevant terms of

payment.

(b) In case of partial damage to any equipment / material during any stage, upon rectification of the

damaged equipment / material to the satisfaction of the Purchaser, the Contractor shall be paid to

the extent of claims settled by the Insurer(s).

(c) In both the scenario‟s (a) & (b) above, any amount(s) disputed by the Insurers and / or not settled

/ paid by them shall be to the Contractor‟s account.

6.10.7 The Contractor shall ensure that, where applicable, its sub-Contractor(s) shall take out and maintain in

effect adequate insurance policies for their personnel and vehicles and for work executed by them under

the contract, unless such sub-Contractors are covered by the insurance policies taken out by the

Contractor

6.11 Force Majeure

6.11.1 Definition of Force Majeure

Force Majeure shall mean any event which is beyond the control of the Contractor or the Purchaser, as the

case may be, which they could not foresee or with a reasonable amount of diligence could not have

foreseen and which substantially affects the performance of the Contract, such as

a) war, hostilities or warlike operations (whether a state of war be declared or not), invasion, act of

foreign enemy and civil war,

b) rebellion, revolution, insurrection, mutiny, usurpation of civil or military government, civil

commotion,

c) embargo, import restriction, confiscation, nationalization, mobilization, commandeering or requisition

by or under the order of Central, State Government or Local Authority in India or any other act or

failure to act, of any local, state or national government in India,

d) riot, State/region/country wide transporters strike,

e) earthquake, landslide, volcanic activity, fire, flood or inundation, tidal wave, typhoon or cyclone,

hurricane, storm, lightning and pressure waves or other natural disaster,

f) nuclear event causing nuclear radiation, radioactive contamination.

6.11.2 Notice of Force Majeure

If either party is prevented, hindered or delayed from or in performing any of its obligations under the

Contract by an event of Force Majeure, then it shall notify the other in writing of the occurrence of such

event and the circumstances thereof within fourteen (14) days after the occurrence of such event.

A Party shall give notice to the other Party when it ceases to be affected by the Force Majeure.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 34 of 54

6.11.3 Duty to Minimise the effect

The party or parties affected by the event of Force Majeure shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate the

effect thereof upon its or their performance of the Contract and to fulfil its or their obligations under the

Contract.

6.11.4 Consequences of Force Majeure

The party who has given notice of Force Majeure shall be excused from the performance or punctual

performance of its obligations under the Contract for so long as the relevant event of Force Majeure

continues and to the extent that such party‟s performance is prevented, hindered or delayed. The Time for

Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC clause no. 12.1 (Extension of Time for

Completion), even though such force Majeure event may occur after Contractor‟s performance of his

obligations has been delayed for other cause.

No delay or non-performance by either party hereto caused by the occurrence of any event of Force

Majeure shall

(a) constitute a default or breach of the Contract,

(b) give rise to any claim for damages or additional cost or expense occasioned thereby;

if and to the extent that such delay or non-performance is caused by the occurrence of an event of Force

Majeure.

If the performance of the Contract is substantially prevented, hindered or delayed for a single period of

more than sixty (60) days or an aggregate period of more than one hundred and twenty (120) days on

account of one or more events of Force Majeure during the currency of the Contract, the parties will

attempt to develop a mutually satisfactory solution.

6.11.5 Force Majeure Affecting Sub-Contractor

If any Subcontractor is entitled under any contract or agreement relating to Supply of Stores to relief from

Force Majeure on terms additional to or broader than those specified in this Clause, such additional or

broader Force Majeure events or circumstances shall not excuse the Contractor‟s non-performance or

entitle him to relief under this Clause.

6.11.6 Limitations

Anything in this Contract to the contrary notwithstanding:

a) The affected Party shall not be relieved from obligations under this Contract to the extent any gross

negligence of the affected Party aggravates the Force Majeure Event; and

b) Force Majeure shall not apply to obligations of either Party to make payments to the other Party under

the Contract.

6.12 Liability of the Government of India

6.12.1 The Purchaser is an independent legal entity with power and authority to enter into Contracts solely on its

own behalf under the applicable Laws of India and general principles of Contracts Law.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 35 of 54

6.12.2 It is expressly stated that the Purchaser while entering into an agreement with the Contractor is doing so

solely on its own behalf. The Government of India is not a party to the agreement and has no liability,

obligations or rights in the deal.

6.12.3 It is expressly stated that the Purchaser is not an agent, representative or delegate of the Government of

India and the latter shall not be liable for any act, omission, commission, breaches or other wrongs arising

out of the Contract.

6.12.4 Accordingly, the Purchaser expressly waives releases and forgoes any and all actions or claims, including

cross claims, or counter claims against Government of India arising out of the Contract.

7 WORK PROGRAM

7.1 Contractor’s Organization

7.1.1 The Contractor shall deploy required number of qualified, experienced professionals in design,

engineering, planning, procurement, quality surveillance, etc. as committed under the Schedule of Key

Personnel at the time of submission of tender and shall submit to the Purchaser and Project Manager a

chart showing the proposed organization to be established by the Contractor, for carrying out work at

Contractor‟s / Subcontractors premises. The chart shall include the identities of the key personnel together

with the curricula vitae of such key personnel to be employed within twenty-one (21) days of the

Effective Date. The Contractor shall promptly inform the Purchaser and the Project Manager in writing of

any deletion or alteration of such an organization chart.

7.1.2 The Contractor shall furnish a phase-wise, month-wise detailed organization he proposes to deploy on the

work. The organization set up shall indicate number, category and grade of personnel in different

disciplines, to ensure satisfactory and timely completion of the package contract. Cost and time over runs

arising out of insufficient deployment of manpower and non-supply of materials by contractor will be to

the contractor‟s account.

7.1.3 It is to be noted that time is the essence of contract. In order to achieve the schedules dates and to meet the

targets, the contractor shall plan to carry out all the activities connected with the contract on two shifts or

round the clock shift basis right from the initial stages. Sufficient number of engineering and supervisory

staff and labour force will have to be deployed in each shift to ensure that the schedules/ milestone targets

are met.

7.2 Program of Performance

7.2.1 Within twenty-eight (28) days of the Effective Date, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Project

Manager a detailed program of performance of the Contract, made in the form specified in the Contract

or acceptable to the Purchaser and showing the sequence in which it proposes to design, engineering,

procurement, manufacture, inspect test and supply the Stores, as well as the date by which the Contractor

reasonably requires that the Purchaser shall have fulfilled its obligations under the Contract so as to

enable the Contractor to execute the Contract in accordance with the program and to achieve Completion

in accordance with the Contract. The program so submitted by the Contractor shall accord with the Time

Schedule included in the corresponding Section (Time Schedule) of the Contract and any other dates and

periods specified in the Contract.

7.2.2 The Contractor shall update and revise the program as and when appropriate or when required by the

Project Manager, but without modification in the Contractual Delivery Date (CDD) and any extension


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 36 of 54

granted in accordance with GCC clause no. 12.1 (Extension of Time for Completion), and shall submit all

such revisions to the Project Manager with a copy to the Purchaser.

7.3 Work Procedures

7.3.1 The Contract shall be executed in accordance with the Technical Specification and as per provision of the

Contract.

7.3.2 The Contractor may execute the Contract in accordance with its own standard project execution plans and

procedures to the extent that they do not conflict with the provisions contained in the Contract.

7.4 Progress of Performance

7.4.1 A meeting will be held in the office of the Project Manager with the Contractor‟s representative every

month to monitor the progress of work.

7.4.2 If at any time the Contractor‟s actual progress falls behind the program referred to in GCC sub-clause no.

7.2 (Program of Performance), or it becomes apparent that it will so fall behind, the Contractor shall, at

the request of the Purchaser or the Project Manager, prepare and submit to the Project Manager a revised

program, taking into account the prevailing circumstances and shall notify the Project Manager of the

steps being taken to expedite progress so as to deliver the Stores within the Contractual Delivery Date

under GCC sub-clause no. 4.2.2, any extension thereof entitled under GCC sub-clause no. 12.1 (Extension

of Time for Completion), or any extended period as may otherwise be agreed upon between the Purchaser

and the Contractor.

7.5 Progress Report

7.5.1 The Contractor shall monitor progress of all the activities specified in the program referred to in GCC

sub-clause no. 7.2 above, and supply a progress report to the Project Manager every month.

7.5.2 The progress report shall be in a form acceptable to the Project Manager and shall indicate: (a) percentage

completion achieved compared with the planned percentage completion for each activity; and (b) where

any activity is behind the program, giving comments and likely consequences and stating the corrective

action being taken.

7.6 Hindrances

7.6.1 The Contractor is required to maintain Hindrance Register for reporting hindrance if any, while executing

the work, in an approved format. The Contractor shall get record of hindrances in the Hindrance

Register(s) approved / endorsed by the Project Manager. Such hindrance in the work endorsed by the

purchaser‟s authority will only be taken into consideration for granting time extension.

8 DESIGN AND ENGINEERING

8.1 General Design Obligation

8.1.1 The Contractor shall undertake all design and engineering to the extent specified in Technical

Specifications and necessary for manufacturing, supply of the Stores in accordance and conformity with

the provisions of the contract.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 37 of 54

8.1.2 In order to ensure effective interface coordination between various items covered under the contract, the

Contractor shall review and provide for all required interfaces between items and also interfaces between

items covered under the contract with all external interfaces to other items covered by Purchaser/ other

contractors‟ and ensure effective and efficient working of the interconnected systems of Purchaser‟s units.

8.1.3 Preparation of design, engineering drawings and other documents for the Stores by the Contractor shall be

such that the Stores manufactured and supplied by the Contractor are capable of meeting the Performance

Guarantees and will be such as could be legally, safely and reliably placed in commercial operation by the

Purchaser in accordance with prudent engineering practices.

8.1.4 The Contractor shall co-operate with the Purchaser‟s other Contractors and suppliers (if any) in the design

and engineering and otherwise accommodate their reasonable interface and interconnection requirements

within the limitations of Contractor's design and scope of work hereunder, provided that Purchaser's other

Contractors and suppliers shall also similarly co-operate with the Contractor. In case of any non-

agreement between the Contractor and Purchaser‟s other contractors & suppliers in this regard, the

decision of the Purchaser shall be final and bidding on all the parties.

8.2 Codes and Standards

8.2.1 Wherever references are made in the Contract to codes and standards in accordance with which the

Contract shall be executed, the edition or the revised version of such codes and standards current at the

date, one (01) day prior to date of Price bid opening shall apply unless otherwise specified. During the

Contract execution, any changes in such codes and standards shall be applied after approval by the

Purchaser and shall be treated in accordance with GCC clause no. 11 (Changes in the Scope of Work).

8.3 Review / Approval of Contractor’s Documents

8.3.1 The furnishing of engineering drawing/document by the Contractor shall be done in a phased manner in

accordance with the Schedule as specified in the technical specifications and/or as mutually agreed

between the Purchaser and the Contractor. The review of these Drawing/Data by the Purchaser will cover

only general conformance of the Drawing/Data to the specifications and documents. This review and/or

approval by the Purchaser shall not be construed by the Contractor, as limiting any of his responsibilities

and liabilities for mistakes and deviations from the requirements specified under these specifications and

documents. Only deviations accepted by the Purchaser through official letter from Project Manager or

through approved Design Concession Request (DCR) shall be considered as accepted deviations to

Technical Specifications.

8.3.2 The Contractor shall prepare (or cause its Sub-contractors to prepare) and furnish to the Project Manager

the documents after due diligent checking and internal approval of the Contractor, that as per Technical

Specifications require approval or review by the Purchaser. Any part of the Stores covered by or related to

the documents to be approved by the Project Manager shall be executed only after the Project Manager‟s

approval thereof. GCC sub-clauses no. 8.3.3 to 8.3.7 shall apply to those documents requiring the Project

Manager‟s approval, but not to those furnished to the Project manager for its review only.

8.3.3 Within fourteen (14) days of date of receipt by the Project Manager of any document requiring the Project

Manager‟s approval in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause no. 8.3.2 or the agreed date of submission of

such documents as per schedule, whichever is later, the Project Manager shall either return one copy

thereof to the Contractor with its approval endorsed thereon or shall notify the Contractor in writing of its

disapproval thereof and the reasons therefore and the modifications that the Project Manager proposes. If


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 38 of 54

the Project Manager fails to take action within the said fourteen (14) days, then the Contractor shall be

entitled to extension of time in accordance with GCC Clause no. 12.1 (Extension of Time for

Completion). For documents submitted by the Contractor for Project Manager‟s approval, beyond

scheduled/agreed date, the Contractor‟s right to claim time extension as above shall stand extinguished.

8.3.4 The Project Manager shall not disapprove any document, except on the grounds that document does not

comply with Technical Specifications of the Tender or applicable codes/ standards or that it is contrary to

good engineering practice.

8.3.5 If the Project Manager disapproves the document, the Contractor shall modify the document and resubmit

it within seven (7) days for the Project Manager‟s approval in accordance with GCC sub-clause no. 8.3.3.

If the Project Manager approves the document subject to modification(s), the Contractor shall make the

required modification(s), where upon the document shall be deemed to have been approved.

8.3.6 The Project Manager‟s approval, with or without modification of the document furnished by the

Contractor, shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility or liability imposed upon it by any

provisions of the Contract except to the extent that any subsequent failure that results from modifications

required in writing by the Purchaser.

8.3.7 All costs due to modifications/revisions to documents, drawings and associated re-engineering etc.

required to be carried out by the Contractor due to Purchaser‟s comments on Contractors documents/

drawings etc, shall be to the account of the Contractor.

8.3.8 The Contractor shall be responsible for making all necessary alterations of the Stores/ Facilities which are

occasioned due to any discrepancies, errors or omission in the drawings or other particulars submitted by

the Contractor irrespective of whether these have been approved by the Purchaser or not provided that

such discrepancies, errors or omissions are not because of inaccurate information furnished in writing to

the Contractor by or on behalf of the Purchaser. If the Contractor fails to make such alterations, the

Purchaser may do so at the risk and cost of Contractor. In addition to above, any and all other expenditure

incurred by the Purchaser in this connection shall also be to the account of the Contractor.

8.3.9 The Contractor shall not depart from any approved document unless the Contractor has first submitted to

the Project Manager an amended document and obtained Project Manager‟s approval thereof, pursuant to

provisions of this GCC clause no. 8.3 (Review / Approval of Contractor‟s Documents). If the Project

Manager requests any change in any already approved document and/or in any document based thereon,

the provisions of GCC clause 11 (Change in the Scope of Work) shall apply to such request.

8.3.10 The Contractor shall submit hard copies, reproducible and soft/scanned copies with passwords of all

drawings / documents including all latest/ as built drawings, to the Purchaser.

9 PROCUREMENT AND SUPPLY

9.1 General Provisions

9.1.1 The Contractor shall manufacture and/or procure and transport all the Stores in an expeditious and orderly

manner to the Site. The Contractor shall complete the process of placement of Purchase Order(s) on its

subcontractors and complete the procurement process in the respective time limits specified for these

activities in Technical Specifications.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 39 of 54

9.1.2 Procurement, Manufacture and Supply of Stores by the Contractor or Sub-contractor(s) shall be subjected

to Purchaser‟s Quality Assurance (QA) requirement as per GCC clause no. 10 (Quality Assurance,

Inspection, Acceptance and Rejections).

9.2 Free Issue Materials (FIM)

9.2.1 For certain fabrication of items under supply portion, if specified in the tender, the Purchaser shall

provide Free Issue Material (FIM) to Contractor, as per quantities/sizes alongwith costs of such material

mentioned in the tender.

9.2.2 The Contractor shall submit cutting diagram or appropriate proposal for optimal utilisation of the FIM.

The cutting diagram or such proposal as approved by the Purchaser's Engineer shall form a part of the

Contract.

9.2.3 Unless otherwise specially mentioned in the Contract, on issue of the Contract, the Contractor shall be

advised to collect the FIM from any of the Purchaser's Stores at various sites/ headquarter and shall take

an Insurance Policy for the value of the FIM. The Insurance Policy shall be valid till the contractual/

actual delivery date or till the execution of the Contract and shall cover the following.

INSURED Name and address of the Contractor

BENEFICIARY Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited, acting through Executive

Director, Directorate of Contracts and Materials Management or any other

officials authorised by NPCIL, .................. (address)

RISKS COVERED Any loss or damage to the Purchaser‟s material due to fire, riot, burglary,

strike, theft, and any damages arising out of external sources such as damages

due to the materials falling on Purchaser‟s materials.

9.2.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of the FIM after it is received by him and all through

the period during which the materials will remain in his possession. The Contractor shall take all

necessary precautions against any loss, deterioration or destruction of the FIM from whatever cause

arising whilst the said material remains in his possession and/or his custody or control. The Contractor

shall also not mix-up the material in question with any of his goods and shall render true and proper

account of the material actually used. The decision as to whether the Contractor has occasioned any loss,

deterioration or destruction of the FIM whilst in his possession, custody or control from whatever cause

arising, as also the decision regarding quantum of the damages suffered by the Purchaser shall be final

and binding upon the Contractor.

9.2.5 The Insurance Policy with the details indicated at GCC clause no. 9.2.3 shall be furnished by the

Contractor to the Purchaser for acceptance. On acceptance of the Insurance Policy and Indemnity Bond

submitted as per GCC clause no. 3.4.7, by the Purchaser, the Contractor shall lift the FIM from

Purchaser's Stores at his own cost.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 40 of 54

9.2.6 On completion of fabrication or Foreclosure of Contract (GCC clause no. 13.1) or Termination of

Contract (GCC clause no. 13.2), the Contractor shall prepare a full account of the material used for the

fabrication and the balance available with him for return to the Purchaser. This account of FIM shall be

verified and accepted by the Project Manager before the Contractor is allowed to return the balance

material to Purchaser‟s Stores against such authorisation in writing.

9.2.7 The FIM account, accepted by the Project Manager alongwith proof of receipt of balance material by the

Stores Officer (Consignee), shall be produced by the Contractor for the release of the final payment to the

Contractor.

9.2.8 The Purchaser at all times have the right to enter the Contractor's premises where the free issue materials

are stored or where the free issue materials are under manufacture.

9.2.9 The Purchaser at his discretion may allow the balance material such as scrap, cut bits to be retained by the

Contractor in which event the value to be assigned to the balance material will be mutually agreed

between the Purchaser and the Contractor and the agreed amount shall be debited to the Contractor's

account while settling his final payment.

9.3 Packing and Marking

9.3.1 Packing for Shipment shall be in accordance with the packing specification if any, given in the Tender

Document. The Contractor shall be responsible for the Stores being sufficiently and properly packed and

crated for transport by sea, air, rail or road, so as to ensure that they are free from any loss or damages till

their arrival at destination. The packing and marking of packages shall be done by and at the expense of

the Contractor.

9.3.2 Each package shall contain a Packing Note quoting Contract number and date, copy of Shipping Release

and one set of copy of test certificates. Each package shall be marked with name and address of the

Contractor, Contract No and date, brief description of the Stores and name and address of the Consignee,

dimensions, weight, lifting points and special handling instructions, if any.

9.4 Transportation

9.4.1 Unless otherwise stated the Contractor shall give the Purchaser not less than 14 days‟ notice of the date on

which any major plant and machinery or other major goods will be delivered to the Site stating details

such as the description of the Stores, the point and means of dispatch, and the estimated time of arrival at

the Site.

9.4.2 For Contracts placed on free and safe delivery to Purchaser‟s site basis:

i) The Contractor shall transport at his own risk and expense and deliver the Items at the

destination specified by the Purchaser on free and safe delivery basis, by selecting any safe

mode of transport unless otherwise stated in the contract.

ii) Unless otherwise expressly mentioned in the Contract, the Contractor shall pay and bear all

freights and all costs and expenses for transporting the items to the place of delivery specified

in the Contract and the price specified in the Contract shall be inclusive of all such packing,

handling, forwarding, freight and transit insurance charges. The Contractor shall however,

indicate the break up price towards freight and transit insurance charges.

iii) Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall be entitled to select any safe

mode of transport without any transhipment, to carry the Plant and Equipment.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 41 of 54

iv) The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining, if necessary, approvals from the authorities

for transportation of the Stores to the Site. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless

the Purchaser from and against any claim for damage to roads, bridges or any other traffic

facilities that may be caused by the transport of the Stores to the Site.

v) The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Purchaser harmless against and from all

damages, losses and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) resulting from the transport

of Stores and shall negotiate and pay all claims arising from their transport.

vi) In the event any stores or item is damaged, lost, stolen, destroyed or otherwise impaired while

in storage or transit, Contractor shall at its own expense and cost restore or replace such

affected stores or item.

9.4.3 In the case of Contract with Ex-works prices, the Contractor shall arrange transportation of the Stores

after Purchaser‟s prior approval of the selected transporter and transportation charges.

9.4.4 High Seas Sale

All imported capital goods and spares procured by indigenous contractor from foreign sub-contractor, to

be delivered directly to the Purchaser‟s site from the port of import, shall be cleared on High Seas Sale

basis, at the price as shown in the Contract. In the event foreign Sub-contractor‟s invoice values exceeds

the corresponding value shown in the Contract, implication if any towards Customs Duty shall be to the

Contractor‟s account.

The contractor shall furnish all necessary documents for executing the High Seas sale agreement. In case

of delay / failure in submission of documents, the demurrage charges, penalty, sales tax, etc. shall be

borne by the contractor. Not withstanding High Seas sales, the Contractor shall remain responsible for all

work of port handling / clearance, inland transportation to site and till safe delivery of Stores at

Purchaser‟s site.

9.4.5 Documentation for Supply of Imported Items

At least three (3) days prior to the embarkation for India of each shipment of Stores, the Contractor shall

send a tele-fax to Purchaser setting forth the following information concerning each such shipment:

i) A description of the Stores contained in such shipment

ii) The date of embarkation and departure

iii) The port of origin

iv) The means of shipment (air or sea)

v) The estimated date of arrival in India compared with Contract Network Schedule

vi) The port of entry in India

vii) The value of the shipment

viii) The approximate weight and volume (gross and net)

ix) The name, flag and owner of the vessel if shipment is by sea or the designation of aircraft if

shipment is by air and

x) The number and value of bill of lading or airway bill.

Within three (3) days after embarkation for India of each shipment, the Contractor shall send to Purchaser

by courier for information, a copy of each of the following documents:

i) Shipping documents consisting of full set clean bill of lading;


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 42 of 54

ii) Declaration made by Contractor by tele-fax to the insurer and confirmation from the insurer that the

subject cargo is insured under marine cargo insurance;

iii) Invoice with itemised prices duly signed by Contractor;

iv) Copy of packing lists for each separate package;

v) Shipping release issued by Purchaser or his authorized representation;

vi) Certificate of origin;

vii) Any other documents needed for import clearance.

9.4.6 Documentation for Supply of Indigenous Items

On the day of transport, the contractor shall send to the Purchaser by courier for information, a copy of

each of the following documents:

i) Transportation documents like airway bill / lorry receipt / railway receipt / delivery challan, etc.

ii) Certificate of insurance;

iii) Invoice with itemised prices duly signed by Contractor.

iv) Copy of packing lists for each separate package;

v) Any other documents needed for excise / octroi clearance.

vi) Shipping release issued by Purchaser or his authorized representation;

vii) Contractor shall also be responsible for obtaining clearances for all indigenous items from excise,

octroi, entry tax etc. for timely and safe delivery of items to the site.

9.4.7 All demurrage, wharfage and other expenses incurred due to delayed clearance of the material for any

reason, other than those for which the Purchaser is responsible, shall be to the account of the Contractor.

9.5 Custom Clearance (For imported items ordered by indigenous main contractor from foreign sub-

contractor)

9.5.1 The Contractor‟s scope of work shall include obtaining all customs clearance, completing all clearance

formalities and handling at all ports of all equipment and material of non–Indian origin including those

where Purchaser is named importer.

9.5.2 The Contractor shall, at its own expense; handle all imported Stores at the point(s) of import and shall

handle any formalities for customs clearance. This clause shall be read in conjunction with ITT clause no.

9.0 for the purpose of Customs Duty. The Purchaser will make available to the Contractor all documents /

applications that are required to be made in the name of the Purchaser as per applicable laws or

regulations including requisite documents or certifications as per the extant rules and procedures for

availing the exemptions/concessions in Customs Duty, if any. However, it is the responsibility of the

Contractor to approach the Purchaser and obtain necessary documents / certificates from the Purchaser

well in advance.

9.5.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for the timely clearance of Stores through customs and for all

necessary documentation and procedural matters associated there with. The Contractor shall be

responsible for meeting the agreed contractual dates notwithstanding any customs delays and will not be

entitled to extension of time for completion of supply, it being the Contractor‟s responsibility to allow

sufficient time for clearance through customs.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 43 of 54

9.6 Training

9.6.1 The Contractor shall, if required by the Purchaser, provide facilities for the practical training of

Purchaser‟s engineering or technical personnel for operation and maintenance of the Stores. The

Purchaser shall bear boarding, lodging and travelling expenses of its personnel deputed for such training.

9.7 Manuals

Contractor shall submit to Purchaser, the manuals required for the Stores as listed in the technical

specification including but not limited to:

9.7.1 Quality Control Manual:

Quality assurance for material, procurement, manufacturing, packing and forwarding, preservation at site,

erection / Construction including field quality plan etc. shall be furnished with the bid by the Contractor

conforming to the standards to be employed by Contractor under the contract

9.7.2 Instruction manuals for equipments / systems:

Contractor shall forward Instruction Manuals, for operation and maintenance along with dispatch of

respective equipments/systems required for the plant, as provided by manufacturer / suppliers of

equipments / systems.

9.7.3 Operating Manual (Comprehensive & Integrated):

Contractor shall prepare and deliver to Purchaser, the Operating Manual having, but not limited to

complete equipment and system instructions for the start-up, operation and maintenance of the plant.

Contractor shall consult with Purchaser in the preparation of the Operating Manual and Purchaser will be

permitted to make recommendations as to the final form and substance of the Operating Manual. The

Operation Manual shall be consistent with Prudent Utility Practices, such that the various operations

under anticipated operating conditions, result in operation of the Stores at the capacity, efficiency,

reliability, safety and maintainability levels contemplated in the contract and shall in no way impair any

warranty or guarantee on equipment, materials or services relating to the Stores supplied by Contractor

under the contract.

10 QUALITY ASSURANCE, INSPECTION, ACCEPTANCE AND REJECTIONS

10.1 Quality Assurance Program

10.1.1 The Stores under the scope of this Contract whether manufactured or performed within the Contractor‟s

Facilities or at his Sub-contractor‟s premises or at the Purchaser‟s site or at any other place of work shall

be subjected to quality surveillance commensurate with Purchaser‟s QA programme to control such

activities at all stages necessary, and inspection by the Purchaser‟s authorised Quality Surveillance

Engineer.

10.1.2 Quality Management System of Contractor: In order to provide assurance to the purchaser, the contractor

shall, based on the Purchaser's QA Programme, prepare a QA manual, which shall be finally accepted by

the Purchaser after discussions before commencement of work. The Quality Management System of the

contractor shall generally cover, but not limited to the following:

a) His organization structure for the management and implementation of the proposed quality

management system including interfaces.

b) Design capabilities & control.

c) Documentation control system.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 44 of 54

d) Qualification data for Contractor‟s key personnel.

e) The procedure for purchase or materials, parts, components and selection of Sub-contractor‟s services

including vendor analysis, source inspection, incoming raw material inspection, verification of

materials purchased etc.

f) Traceability of material used in production.

g) System for shop manufacturing and construction/fabrication controls through QA plans.

h) Control of non-conforming items and system for corrective and preventive actions, including disposal

of non-conforming items.

i) Inspection and test procedures for manufacturing activities.

j) Control of calibration and testing of inspection, measuring and testing equipment

k) System of indication and appraisal of inspection status.

l) System of quality audits.

m) Training, certification and authorization of personnel.

n) System for authorizing release of manufactured product to the Purchaser. System of intimation by the

contractor, and approval by the Purchaser of stages of completion of Stores.

o) System for maintenance of records.

p) System for handling, storage, preservation and delivery of items.

10.1.3 In addition, the contractor shall establish a quality plan detailing out the specific quality control procedure

to be adopted for controlling the quality characteristics relevant to each item of Stores which are to be

supplied as per the contract, in consultation with the Project Manager and have it approved by him before

start of the work. The contractor shall also submit a list of all key persons to be engaged in the contract,

along with their qualification, experience, organizational position etc.

10.1.4 It is to be understood that the role of NPCIL QA is mainly to ensure that proper QA System, as agreed

upon mutually between Purchaser and Contractor, is being implemented by contractor and his sub-

contractor, and not inspection. NPCIL QA will carry out random quality check, for which certain

tests/inspections may be required to be repeated, as stipulated in approved QAP. For compliance with

above requirements, “Quality Assurance in Supply contracts” attached in the tender document shall be

followed.

10.1.5 The Contractor shall be required to submit the relevant Quality Assurance document within three weeks

of completion, which shall include relevant test reports connected with all engineering controls adopted

by him during manufacture/construction. The Project Manager/ Purchaser or his duly authorized

representative reserves the right to carry out Quality Audit and Quality Surveillance of the systems and

procedures of the Quality Management and Control Activities of the Contractor/ his vender.

10.2 Inspection, Testing and Rejection

10.2.1 The Project Manager, his duly authorised representative and/or an outside inspection agency acting on

behalf of the Purchaser shall have at all reasonable times access to the Contractor‟s premises or facilities

and shall have the power at all reasonable times to inspect and examine the materials and workmanship

during manufacture and if part of the Stores is being manufactured or assembled at other premises or

works, the Contractor shall obtain for the Project Manager and for his duly authorised representative

permission to inspect as if the Stores were manufactured or assembled on the Contractor‟s own premises.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 45 of 54

10.2.2 The Contractor shall give the Purchaser‟s Personnel full opportunity to carry out these activities,

including providing access, facilities, permissions and safety equipment. No such activity shall relieve the

Contractor from any obligation or responsibility.

10.2.3 The Stores (in part or full) shall be offered by the Contractor for inspection at place of manufacture and/or

on the site or at such places as may be specified by the Inspector at the Contractor's risk, expense and

cost. The Contractor shall give notice of readiness of Stores for inspection to the Inspector and shall

perform all tests and inspection in presence of the Inspector as per the terms of the Purchase specifications

and approved inspection plan. In default of such notice, the Project Manager/ Purchaser shall be entitled

to appraise the quality and extent thereof.

10.2.4 Test Certificates and Guarantee Certificates if required by the Inspector shall be obtained and furnished to

him free of cost by the Contractor and/or from the specified agency.

10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly forward to the Purchaser duly certified reports of the tests. When the

specified tests have been passed, the Purchaser shall endorse the Contractor‟s test certificate, or issue a

certificate to him, to that effect.

10.2.6 Where consignments are required to be delivered / despatched after inspection by the Inspector as per the

Contract, a "Shipping Release" issued by the Inspector shall be enclosed along with the delivery challan

or other shipping documents viz. (Lorry Receipt, Railway Receipt) accompanying the consignments.

10.2.7 The Contractor agrees that neither the execution of a test and/or inspection of Stores or any part of the

Stores, nor the attendance by the Purchaser, nor the issue of any test certificate, shall release the

Contractor from any other responsibilities under the Contract.

10.2.8 If any dispute or difference of opinion shall arise between the parties in connection with or arising out of

the test and/or inspection of the Stores that cannot be settled between the parties within a reasonable

period of time, it may be referred to Arbitration for determination in accordance with GCC clause no. 14

(Settlement of Disputes).

10.2.9 Except as otherwise specified in the Contract, the Contractor shall provide all apparatus, assistance,

documents and other information, electricity, equipment, fuel, consumables, instruments, labour,

materials, and suitably qualified and experienced staff, as are necessary to carry out the specified tests

efficiently. The Contractor shall agree, with the Purchaser the time and place for the specified testing of

any Stores.

10.2.10 The Purchaser may require the Contractor to carry out any test and/or inspection not covered by the

Contract, provided that the Contractor‟s reasonable costs and expenses along with taxes & duties as

applicable, incurred in the carrying out of such test and/or inspection shall be payable extra by the

Purchaser. Further, if such test and/or inspection impedes the progress of work on the Stores and/or the

Contractor‟s performance of its other obligations under the Contract, due allowance will be made in

respect of the Time for Completion and the other obligations so affected.

10.2.11 The stores received by the Purchaser will also be subject to inspection and test as may be considered

necessary by the Quality Surveillance Engineer / Purchaser and his decision as regards rejection of Stores

shall be final and binding on the Contractor. If any stores are rejected as aforesaid, without prejudice to

the foregoing provision, the Purchaser shall be at liberty to:


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 46 of 54

a) Allow the Contractor to resubmit without prejudice to the Purchaser‟s right to claim and recover

Liquidated Damages as provided in GCC clause no.6.2 (Delay in Supply), Stores in replacement of

those rejected within a time specified by Purchaser, the contractor bearing the cost of freight for such

replacement without being entitled to any extra payment thereof.

b) Buy the quantity of Stores rejected or other items of similar nature from elsewhere at the risk and cost

of the Contractor in accordance with the provisions contained in GCC clause no. 13.2 (Cancellation /

Termination of Contract in Full or Part).

10.2.12 Any Stores submitted for inspection and rejected by the Inspector must be removed by the Contractor

within fourteen days from the date of receipt of intimation of rejection provided that in case of dangerous,

infected or perishable Stores, the Inspector (whose decision shall be final) shall notify the Contractor to

remove such Stores within 48 hours of receipt of intimation of rejection and it shall be the duty of the

Contractor to remove such rejected Stores and the same shall lie at the Contractor's risk from the time of

such rejection and if not removed within the aforementioned time, the Purchaser shall have the right either

to return the rejected Stores to the Contractor at the Contractor's risk by such mode of transport as

Purchaser may select, dispose off or segregate such Stores as he thinks fit at the Contractor's risk and on

his account and appropriate such portion of the proceeds as may be necessary and recover any damages or

expenses incurred by the Purchaser in connection with said sale and storage, if any. Freight paid by the

Purchaser on Stores received and rejected after examination at destination shall be recoverable from the

Contractor.

10.3 Supervision of Erection & Commissioning:

10.3.1 The Contractor shall depute qualified personnel to Purchaser‟s site during erection and commissioning of

the Stores as specified in SCC/ Contract.

11 CHANGE IN THE SCOPE OF WORK

11.1 Right to vary

11.1.1 Purchaser shall have the right to propose, and order the Contractor from time to time during the

performance of the Contract to make any change, modification, addition or deletion to, in or from the

Stores (hereinafter called “Change”), provided that such Change falls within the general scope of the

work and does not constitute unrelated work and that it is technically practicable, taking into account both

the state of advancement of the work and the technical compatibility of the Change envisaged with the

nature of the Stores as specified in the Contract.

11.1.2 The Contractor may from time to time during its performance of the Contract propose to the Purchaser

(with a copy to the Project Manager) any Change that the Contractor considers necessary or desirable.

The Purchaser may at its discretion approve or reject any Change proposed by the Contractor.

11.1.3 Notwithstanding GCC sub-clauses no. 11.1.1 and 11.1.2, no change made necessary because of any

default of the Contractor in the performance of its obligations under the Contract and/or for Contractor‟s

convenience, shall be deemed to be a Change, and such change shall not result in any adjustment of the

Contract Price or the Time for Completion.

11.2 Changes Originating from Purchaser


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 47 of 54

11.2.1 If the Purchaser proposes a Change pursuant to GCC sub-clause no.11.1.1, it shall send to the Contractor

a “Request for Change Proposal,” requiring the Contractor to prepare and furnish to the Project Manager

as soon as reasonably practicable a “Change Proposal,” which shall include the following:

(a) brief description of the Change

(b) effect on the Time for Completion

(b) estimated cost of the Change

(c) effect on Functional Guarantees (if any)

(d) effect on any other provisions of the Contract.

11.2.2 Upon receipt of the Change Proposal, the Purchaser and the Contractor shall mutually agree upon all

matters therein contained. Within thirty (30) days after such agreement, the Purchaser shall, if it intends to

proceed with the Change, issue the Contractor with a Change Order.

If the Purchaser is unable to reach a decision within thirty (30) days, it shall notify the Contractor with

details of when the Contractor can expect a decision.

If the Purchaser decides not to proceed with the Change for whatever reason, it shall, within the said

period of thirty (30) days, notify the Contractor accordingly.

11.2.3 If the Purchaser and the Contractor cannot reach agreement on the price for the Change, an equitable

adjustment to the Time for Completion, or any other matters identified in the Change Proposal, the

Purchaser may nevertheless instruct the Contractor to proceed with the Change by issue of a “Pending

Agreement Change Order.”

Upon receipt of a Pending Agreement Change Order, the Contractor shall immediately proceed with

effecting the Changes covered by such Order. The parties shall thereafter attempt to reach agreement on

the outstanding issues under the Change Proposal.

If the parties cannot reach agreement within ninety (90) days from the date of issue of the Pending

Agreement Change Order, then the matter may be resolved in accordance with the provisions of GCC

clause no. 14 (Settlement of Disputes).

11.3 Changes Originating from Contractor

11.3.1 If the Contractor proposes a Change pursuant to GCC sub-clause no. 11.1.2, the Contractor shall submit

to the Project Manager a written Change Proposal giving reasons for the proposed Change and including

the information specified in GCC sub-clause no. 11.2.1. Upon receipt of the Change Proposal, the parties

shall mutually agree on cost implications thereof.

12 TIME EXTENSION

12.1 Extension of Time for Completion

12.1.1 The Time(s) for Completion specified in the Contract pursuant to GCC sub-clause no. 4.2.2 shall be

extended if the Contractor is delayed or impeded in the performance of any of its obligations under the

Contract by reason of any of the following:

(a) any Change in the Scope of Work as provided in GCC clause no. 11.

(b) any occurrence of Force Majeure as provided in GCC clause no. 6.11,

(c) any delay in approval of drawing / document by the Purchaser, under GCC Sub-clause no. 8.3.3.

(d) any default or breach of the Contract by the Purchaser, specifically including failure to supply the

items listed in the Contract, or any activity, act or omission of any other contractors employed by

the Purchaser.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 48 of 54

(e) delays attributable to the Purchaser and included in Hindrance Register pursuant to GCC clause no.

7.6 (Hindrances)

(f) any other matter specifically mentioned in the Contract

by such period as shall be fair and reasonable in all the circumstances and as shall fairly reflect the delay

or impediment sustained by the Contractor

12.1.2 Except where otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Purchaser

a request for an extension of the Time for Completion, together with particulars of the event or

circumstance justifying such extension as soon as reasonably practicable after the commencement of such

event or circumstance. As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such request and supporting

particulars, the Purchaser shall intimate the Contractor the period of such extension. In the event that the

Contractor does not accept the Purchaser‟s estimate of a fair and reasonable time extension, the

Contractor shall be entitled to refer the matter for resolution, pursuant to GCC clause no. 14 (Settlement

of Disputes).

12.1.3 The Contractor shall at all times use its reasonable efforts to minimize any delay in the performance of its

obligations under the Contract.

12.1.4 The Purchaser shall extend the time(s) for completion as agreed between the parties pursuant to GCC sub-

clause no. 12.1.2 without levy of Liquidated Damages. In the event of grant of such extension of time, the

Purchaser shall also reimburse the contractor increase in Statutory levies, if any, in the extended delivery

period.

12.1.5 In the event of grant of extension of time as per this GCC clause no. 12.1 (Extension of Time for

Completion), the provisions of price adjustment as per GCC clause no. 5.4 (Price Adjustment) shall also

be applicable in this extended time for completion subject to overall ceiling of price adjustment as per

GCC sub-clause no. 5.4.3 (a) and (b) and as per provision of GCC sub-clause no. 5.5.6.

12.1.6 In the event of extension of time for delays due to reasons attributable to the Contractor, the provisions of

this GCC clause no. 12.1 (Extension of Time for Completion) shall not be applicable and provisions of

GCC clause no. 6.2 (Delay in Supply) and/or GCC clause no. 13.2 (Cancellation / Termination of

Contract in Full or Part) shall be applicable in such cases.

13 FORECLOSURE AND TERMINATION

13.1 Foreclosure of Contract

13.1.1 If at any time after acceptance of the tender / during execution of work the Purchaser shall decide to

abandon or reduce the scope of the work for any reason whatsoever and hence not require the whole or

any part of the work to be carried out, the Purchaser shall give notice in writing to that effect to the

Contractor and the Contractor shall have no claim to any payment of compensation or otherwise

whatsoever, on account of any profit or advantage which he might have derived from the execution of the

work in full but which he did not derive in consequence of the foreclosure of the whole or part of the

Contract.

13.1.2 Upon receipt of the notice of foreclosure under GCC sub-clause no. 13.1.1, the Contractor shall either

immediately or upon the date specified in the notice of foreclosure

a) Cease all further work, except for such work as may be specified in the notice of termination for the


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 49 of 54

sole purpose of protecting that part of the Stores already executed.

b) Terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Purchaser pursuant to paragraph „d (ii)‟

below

c) Stop all further purchasing and/ or subcontracting activities related to work foreclosed.

d) In addition, the Contractor, subject to the payment specified in GCC sub-clause 13.1.4, shall

i) deliver to the Purchaser the parts of the Stores executed by the Contractor up to the date of

foreclosure

ii) to the extent legally possible, assign to the Purchaser all right, title and benefit of the Contractor

to Stores as of the date of foreclosure, and, as may be required by the Purchaser, in any

subcontracts concluded between the Contractor and its Subcontractors.

iii) deliver to the Purchaser all non-proprietary drawings, specifications and other documents

prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as at the date of foreclosure in connection with

the stores.

13.1.3 The Purchaser shall have the option to take over Contractors materials or any part thereof of which the

Contractor is legally bound to accept delivery from supplier (for incorporation in or incidental to Stores)

provided, however, the Purchaser shall be bound to take over the materials or such portions thereof as the

Contractor does not desire to retain.

13.1.4 In the event of Foreclosure of the Contract under GCC sub-clause no. 13.1.1, the Purchaser shall pay to

the Contractor the full amount at contract rates, properly attributable to supplies completed and/or the

parts of the Stores executed by the Contractor as of the date of foreclosure. In addition the Purchaser shall

also pay a further reasonable amount as certified by the Project Manager but not more than the amount

proportionate to the value of balance work, for the items hereunder mentioned which could not be utilized

on the work to the full extent because of the foreclosure:

a) For contractors materials taken over or to be taken over by the Purchaser pursuant GCC clause no.

13.1.3, cost of such materials as detailed by the Purchaser. The cost shall however take into account

purchase price, cost of transportation and deterioration or damage which may have been caused to

materials whilst in the custody of the Contractor, provided that the value so arrived should not be

more than the proportionate rate of item of the Contract.

b) If any Free Issue Materials are supplied by the Purchaser the contractor shall furnish a full account

of the same pursuant to GCC sub-clause no. 9.2.6 and balance FIM, shall be returned by the

Contractor to the Purchaser at rates not exceeding those at which these were originally issued. Any

deterioration or damage which may have been caused whilst the Free Issue Materials were in the

custody of the Contractor shall be to the account of the Contractor. In addition, cost of

transportation of such Free Issue Materials from Contractor‟s works/stores to the stores of the

Purchaser, if so required by the Purchaser, shall be paid to the Contractor.

The Contractor shall, as required by the Purchaser, furnish to him books of account, wage books, time

sheets and other relevant documents as may be necessary to enable him to certify the reasonable amount

payable under this clause

13.2 Cancellation / Termination of Contract in Full or Part

13.2.1 The Purchaser, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies it may possess, may terminate the

Contract forthwith as a whole or only such items of work in default, in the following circumstances by


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 50 of 54

giving a notice of termination and its reasons thereof to the Contractor, referring to this GCC sub-clause

13.2.1:

If the Contractor;

a) shall offer, or give or agree to give to any person in the Purchaser‟s service or to any other person on

his behalf any gift or consideration of any kind as an inducement or reward for doing-or forbearing to

do or having done or forborne to do any act in relation to the obtaining or execution of this or any

other Contract for the Purchaser; or

b) shall enter into a contract with the Purchaser in connection with which commission has been paid or

agreed to be paid by him or to his knowledge, unless the particulars of any such commission and the

terms of payment thereof have previously been disclosed in writing to the Purchaser; or

c) Shall obtain a Contract with the Purchaser as a result of wrong tendering or other non-bonafide

methods of competitive tendering; or

d) Adopts or has engaged in “fraudulent practice” like misrepresentation of facts in order to influence a

procurement process or the execution of a contract to the detriment of the Purchaser, collusive

practice among bidders (prior to or after bid submission) designed to establish bid prices at artificial

non-competitive levels and to deprive the Purchaser of the benefits of free and open competition.

e) Adopts or has engaged in “coercive practice” like harming or threatening to harm, directly or

indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in the procurement process or

affect the execution of a contract.

f) being an Individual, or if a firm, any partner thereof, shall at any time be adjudged insolvent or have a

receiving order or order for administration of his estate made against him or shall take any

proceedings for liquidation or composition (other than a voluntary-liquidation for purpose of

amalgamation or reconstruction) under any insolvency Act for the time being in force or make any

conveyance or assignment of his effects or composition or arrangement for the benefit of his

creditors or purport so to do, or if any application be made under any insolvency-Act for the time

being in force for the sequestration of his estate or if a trust deed be executed by him for benefit of his

creditors; or

g) Being a company, shall pass a resolution or the Court shall make an order for the liquidation of its

affairs, or a receiver or manager on behalf of the debenture holders shall be appointed or

circumstances shall arise which entitle the Court or debenture holders to appoint a receiver or

manager; or

h) Shall suffer an execution being levied on his goods and allow it to be continued for a period of 21

days; or

i) assigns, transfers, subcontracts (engagement of labour on a piece-work basis or of labour with

materials not to be incorporated in the work shall not be deemed to be subletting) or attempts to

assign, transfer or subcontract the entire work or any portion thereof without the prior written

approval of the Purchaser.

13.2.2 In the event of default by the Contractor in the following circumstances, the Purchaser may, without

prejudice to any other rights it may possess under the Contract, give a notice to the Contractor stating the

nature of the default and requiring the Contractor to remedy the same. If the Contractor fails to remedy or

to take steps to remedy the same within fourteen (14) days of its receipt of such notice, then the Purchaser

may terminate the Contract as a whole or only such items of work in default, by giving a notice of

termination and its reasons thereof to the Contractor referring to this GCC sub-clause no. 13.2.2.

If the Contractor


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 51 of 54

(a) has abandoned or repudiated the Contract or otherwise plainly demonstrates the intention not to

continue performance of his obligation under the contract, or

(b) has without valid reason failed to commence work on the Stores promptly or has suspended the

progress of Contract performance for more than twenty-eight (28) days after receiving a written

instruction from the Purchaser to proceed, or

(c) persistently fails to execute the Contract in accordance with the Contract or persistently neglects to

carry out its obligations under the Contract without just cause, or

(d) refuses or is unable to provide sufficient materials, services or labour to execute and complete the

supply of Stores in the manner specified in the program furnished under GCC clause 7.2 at rates of

progress that give reasonable assurance to the Purchaser that the Contractor can attain Completion of

the supply of Stores by the Time for Completion as extended, or

(e) at any time makes default in proceeding with the work with due diligence and continues to do so after

a notice in writing of 7 days from the Purchaser, or

(f) commits default in complying with any of the terms and conditions of the Contract and does not

remedy it or take effective steps to remedy it within 7 days after a notice in writing is given to him in

that behalf by the Purchaser, or

(g) fails to deliver the Stores or any part thereof on or before the Contractual Delivery Date(s), and does

not complete them within the period specified in a notice given in writing in that behalf by the

Purchaser.

13.2.3 In case the Contract is terminated under GCC sub-clause no. 13.2.1 or 13.2.2 above the Contractor shall

not be entitled to recover or be paid any sum for any work thereof or actually performed under this

Contract unless and until the Project Manager has certified in writing the performance of such work and

the value payable in respect thereof and he shall only be entitled to be paid so certified.

13.2.4 In case the Contract is terminated under GCC sub-clause 13.2.1 or 13.2.2 above, the Purchaser shall on

such termination have powers to purchase from elsewhere, at the risk and cost of the Contractor, the

Stores or part thereof, not delivered and contract for which is terminated, or other items of similar

description when such Stores exactly complying with the Particulars are not in the opinion (such opinion

being final) of the Purchaser readily procurable.

13.2.5 In the event of action being taken under GCC clause no. 13.2.4, the Contractor shall also be liable for

Liquidated Damages for delay in deliveries, which the Purchaser is entitled to recover as per GCC clause

no. 6.2 (Delay in Supply) on that account provided an agreement for such alternate purchase from

elsewhere, is made within (six) 6 months of the letter of cancellation sent to the Contractor. The

Contractor shall not be entitled to any gain on such purchase made on account of default. The manner and

method of such alternate purchase shall be at the entire discretion of the Purchaser, whose decision shall

be final. This right shall be without prejudice to the right of the Purchaser, to recover the damages for

breach of Contract by the Contractor as provided in the Contract or under the general law.

13.2.6 The termination of the Contract under this clause shall not entitle the Contractor to reduce the value of the

Performance Security Bond Guarantee nor the time thereof. The Performance Security Bond Guarantee

shall be valid for the full value and for the full period as per the Contract.

13.2.7 In the event of anyone or more of the above courses under this GCC clause no. 13.2 being adopted by the

Purchaser, the Contractor shall have no claim to compensation for any loss sustained by him by reasons of

his having purchased or procured any materials or entered into any engagements or made any advances on

account or with a view to the execution of the work or the performance of the Contract.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 52 of 54

13.2.8 In any case in which any of the powers conferred upon the Purchaser by this clause, shall have become

exercisable and the same are not exercised, the non-exercise thereof shall not constitute a waiver of any of

the conditions hereof and such powers shall notwithstanding be exercisable in the event of any future case

of default by the Contractor and the liability of the Contractor for compensation shall remain unaffected.

13.3 Termination of Contract on Death

13.3.1 If the Contractor is an individual or a proprietary concern and the individual or the proprietor dies or if the

Contractor is a partnership concern and one of the partners dies then unless the Purchaser is satisfied that

the legal representatives of the individual Contractor or of the proprietor of the proprietary concern and in

the case of partnership, the surviving partners, are capable of carrying out and completing the Contract,

the Purchaser shall be entitled to cancel the Contract as to its incomplete part without the Purchaser being

in any way liable to pay any compensation to the estate, of the deceased Contractor and/or the surviving

partners of the Contractor's firm on account of the cancellation of the contract The decision of the

Purchaser that the legal representatives of the deceased Contractor or the surviving partners of the

Contractor's firm cannot carry out and complete the Contract shall be final and binding oh the parties. In

the event of such cancellation, the Purchaser shall not hold the estate of the deceased Contractor and/or

the surviving partners of the Contractor's firm liable for damages for not completing the Contract.

14 SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTE

14.1 Settlement by Mutual Consultation:

14.1.1 If any dispute of any kind whatsoever shall arise between the Purchaser and the Contractor in

connection with or arising out of matters covered in the Contract, including without prejudice to

the generality of the foregoing, any question regarding its existence, validity or termination, or

execution of the facilities whether during the progress of the facilities or after their completion

and whether before or after the termination, abandonment or breach of the Contract, the parties

shall seek to resolve any such dispute or difference by mutual consultation. Efforts shall be made first to

resolve such dispute or difference at the level of Sr. GM (C&MM)/ Project Manager/ Engineer-in-charge

level, failing which the matters in dispute shall be discussed for settlement at Corporate Level of the

Purchaser and the Contractor. If the parties fail to resolve such dispute or difference by all such mutual

consultation(s), then the either party may give a thirty (30) days notice to the other party conveying its

intention to commence Arbitration as hereinafter provided as to the matter in dispute, and no Arbitration

in respect of this matter may be commenced unless such notice is given.

14.2 Arbitration

14.2.1 Any dispute in respect of which notice of intention to commence Arbitration has been given, shall be

finally settled by Arbitration. The Arbitration may be concluded prior to or after completion of the

facilities. Arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in the manner as herein below provided.

14.2.2 Consequent to issue of notice of intention to commence Arbitration by either party, both the Purchaser

and the Contractor shall appoint one Arbitrator each. These two Arbitrators shall agree between

themselves and shall appoint a third Arbitrator. The issue in dispute shall then be referred to these

Arbitrators. In any Arbitration invoked at the instance of either party to the Contract, the Arbitrator(s)

would be free to consider the counter claim of the other party even though they are not mentioned in the

reference to Arbitration. The decision either by consensus or by majority of these three Arbitrators shall

be final and binding on both the parties and shall be implemented by the parties forthwith.


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 53 of 54

14.2.3 For Contract issued to an Indian Contractor or to a Consortium in which the Indian Contractor is the lead

partner, the provisions of the Arbitration & Conciliation Act, 1996, and Rules made there under and/or

any statutory modifications or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force shall apply to such

Arbitration proceedings. The Arbitrator may, from time to time, with the consent of the parties, enlarge

the time for making and publishing the award.

14.2.4 For Contract awarded to a foreign Contractor or to a consortium in which the Foreign Contractor is the

lead partner, Rules of Conciliation and Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce shall apply

to such Arbitration proceedings. The Arbitrator may, from time to time, with the consent of the parties,

enlarge the time for making and publishing the award.

14.2.5 For Contract awarded to a Public Sector Enterprise, all matters in dispute to be settled through arbitration

shall be referred to the Permanent Arbitration Mechanism (PAM) of the Department of Public Enterprise,

Government of India.

14.3 General

14.3.1 Notwithstanding any reference to Arbitration as herein before provided – (a) the Parties shall continue to

perform their respective obligations under the Contract with due diligence, unless they otherwise agree,

(b) the Purchaser shall continue to pay to the Contractor any moneys due and undisputed to the

Contractor.

------------------x------------------


GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4 (28.12.2016) 54 of 54

15. ABBREVIATIONS USED

BHP Brake Horse Power

BOQ Bill of Quantity

C&MM Contracts and Materials Management Department

ECC Erection Completion Certificate

EPC Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract

CDD Contractual Delivery Date

CENVAT Centralised Value Added Tax

CMRCIV Contractor‟s Material Receipt Cum Issue Voucher

DCR Design Concession Request

DRB Dispute Resolution Board

ECS Electronic Clearance System

FIM Free Issue Material

FOB Free on Board

GCC General Conditions of Contract

GR Good Receipt

IPR Intellectual Property Rights

ITT Invitation to Tender

INR Indian Rupees

kW Kilo Watt

kWh Kilo Watt Hour

L/C Letter of Credit

LD Liquidated Damages

LIBOR London Inter Bank Offer Rate

LR Lorry Receipt

MRICAR Material Receipt Intimation Cum Acceptance Report

NDT Non Destructive Testing

NPCIL Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited

PLR Prime Lending Rate

PO Purchase Order

QA Quality Assurance

Rs. Indian Rupees

RR Railway Receipt

SCC Special Conditions of Contract

Sq. Square

T&P Tools, Plants and Equipments

USD US Dollar

UKP UK Pound

VAT Value Added Tax

WCT Works Contract Tax

(To be submitted in Non-judicial Stamp Paper of appropriate value) Annexure-A

ADVANCE PAYMENT


(Acting through) Executive Director, Directorate Of Contracts & Materials Management NUB, Anushaktinagar, Mumbai-400094.

1. WHEREAS on or about the __________________day of 201_

M/s.________________________________________ a Company registered

under the Companies Act 1956 and having its registered office at

_____________________________________________________________

(hereinafter referred to as „The Contractor‟) entered into an agreement bearing

No.________________________ (hereinafter referred to as „The Contract‟),

with Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited (A Government of India

Enterprise) acting through Executive Director, Contracts & Material

Management (hereinafter referred to as (Purchaser) for _____________

_____________ (hereinafter referred to as „The Equipment‟).

2. AND WHEREAS under the terms & conditions of the contract an amount of Rs.

___________(Rupees _______________________________ only) representing

____ per cent advance payment out of a contract value of Rs______ (Rupees

____________________________ only ) is to be paid by the Purchaser to the

contractor.

3. AND WHEREAS the Purchaser has agreed in pursuance of the said terms and

conditions of the contract to make an advance payment of Rs. _________ ( Rupees

________________________ only) to the Contractor on the Contractor furnishing a

Bank Guarantee in the manner herein contained.

Page 1 of 4

4. NOW WE, the _______________________________________________(Bank) in

consideration of the purchaser having agreed to pay to the contractor an advance

payment of Rs, ________ ( Rupees ____________ only) do hereby agree and

undertake to indemnify the Purchaser and keep the Purchaser indemnified to the

extent of a sum not exceeding the said sum of Rs.________ ( Rupees

______________ only ) against any damage or loss that may be suffered by the

Purchaser by reason of non-fulfilment of any of the terms and conditions of the

contract by the contractor.

5. WE, _________________________________________ ( Bank ) do hereby

undertake to pay the amount due and payable under this guarantee without any

demur merely on a demand from on behalf of Messrs NUCLEAR POWER

CORPORATION OF INDIA LTD stating that the amount claimed is due by way of

loss or damage caused to or would be caused to or suffered by the Purchaser by

reason of breach by the said Contractor (s) of any of the terms and conditions

contained in the said agreement or by reason of the Contractor(s) „s failure to perform

the said agreement. Any such demand made on the bank shall be conclusive as

regards the amount due and payable by Bank under this guarantee. However, our

liability under this guarantee, shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs.

______ ( Rupees _____________________________________ only ).

6. We undertake to pay to the Purchaser any money so demanded not withstanding any

dispute or disputes raised by the Contractor (s) in any suit or proceeding pending

before any Court or Tribunal relating thereto our liability under this present being

absolute and unequivocal. The payment so made by us under this bond shall be valid

discharge of our liability for payment thereunder and the Contractor (s) shall have no

claim against us for making such payment.

Page 2 of 4

7. AND WE _____________________________________________( Bank ) hereby

further agree that the decision of the said NUCLEAR POWER CORPORATION OF

INDIA LTD., as to whether the Contractor has committed breach of any such terms

and conditions of the contract or not and as to the amount of damages or loss

assessed by the said NUCLEAR POWER CORPORATION OF INDIA LTD., as

damage or loss suffered by the Purchaser on account of such breach would be final

and binding on us.

8. AND WE ______________________________________________( Bank ) further

agree with the Purchaser that the Purchaser shall have the fullest liberty without our

consent and without affection in any manner our obligations hereunder to vary any of

the terms and conditions of the said agreement or to extent time of performance by

the said Contractor (s) from time to time or to postpone for any time or from time to

time any of the powers exercisable by the Purchaser against the said Contractor (s)

and to forbear or enforce any of the terms and conditions relating the said agreement

and we shall not be relieved form our liability by reason of any such variation or

extension being granted to the said contractor (s) or for any forbearance, act or

omission on the part of the Purchaser or any indulgence by the Purchaser to the said

contractor (s ) or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating

to sureties would, but for this provision, have effect of relieving us.

9. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the

Bank or the Contractor (s ).

Page 3 of 4

10. Our guarantee shall remain in force until

_____________________________________ and unless a claim under the

guarantee is lodged with us within three months from that date all rights of the

Purchaser under the guarantee shall be forfeited and we shall be relieved and

discharged from all liabilities, thereunder.

11. Notwithstanding anything contrary contained in any law for the time being in

force or banking practice, this guarantee shall not be assignable or

transferable by the beneficiary. Notice or invocation by any person such as

assignee, transferee or agent of beneficiary shall not be entertained by the

bank. Any invocation of the guarantee can be made only by the beneficiary

directly.

Dated the __________________ day of _______________________201_

For_________________________________________ ( Indicate the name of the bank )

Page 4 of 4

(To be submitted in Non-judicial Stamp Paper of Appropriate Value) Annexure - B

SECURITY DEPOSIT NUCLEAR POWER CORPORATION OF INDIA LIMITED (Acting through) Executive Director, Directorate of Contracts and Materials Management, Nabhikiya Urja Bhavan, Entrance Block, Ground Floor, Anushaktinagar, Mumbai 400 094. Sir,

1. In consideration of the NUCLEAR POWER CORPORATION OF INDIA LIMITED

(herein after called „The Purchaser‟) having agreed to

exempt_____________________________________________________________________________________________________(herein after called „The said

Contractor(s)) from the demand, under the terms and conditions of an agreement

no.________ dated ___________ made between ________________________ and ______________________for________________(herein after called “The

said Agreement”) of security deposit for the due fulfillment by the said contractor(s) of the terms and conditions contained in the said agreement on

production of a Bank Guarantee for Rs.__________________

(Rupees_______________________only). We, ____________________________ (indicate name of bank) at the request of____________________________ contractor(s) do hereby undertake to pay to

the Purchaser an amount not exceeding Rs.____________ (Rupees_________________________________________) against any loss or

damage caused to or suffered or would be caused to or suffered by the Purchaser

by reason of any breach by the said Contractor(s) of any of the terms and conditions contained in the said agreement.

2. We, ____________________________________________________(Bank) do

hereby undertake to pay the amount due and payable under this guarantee without any demur merely on a demand from the Purchaser stating that the

amount claimed is due by way of loss or damage caused to or would be caused to or suffered by the Purchaser by reason of breach by the said Contractor(s) of

any of the terms and conditions contained in the said agreement or by reason of

the Contractor(s)‟s failure to perform the said agreement. Any such demand made on the bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by Bank

under this guarantee. However, our liability under this guarantee, shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs.__________

(Rupees___________________________________only) 3. We undertake to pay to the Purchaser any money so demanded not withstanding

any dispute or disputes raised by the Contractor(s)/supplier(s) in any suit or

proceeding pending before any Court or Tribunal relating thereto our liability

under this present being absolute and unequivocal. The payment so made by us under this bond shall be a valid discharge of our liability for payment thereunder

and the Contractor(s)/Supplier(s) shall have no claim against us for making such payment.

1

4. We, _______________________________________(indicate the name of Bank) further agree that the guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and

effect during the period that would be taken for the performance of the said agreement and that it shall continue to be enforceable till all the dues of the Purchaser under or by virtue of the said agreement have been fully paid and its claims, satisfied or discharged or till the NUCLEAR POWER CORPORATION OF INDIA LTD certifies that the terms and conditions of the said agreement have been fully and properly carried out by the said Contractor(s) and accordingly

discharges this guarantee. The guarantee is valid until ________ and unless a demand or a claim under this guarantee is made on us in writing on or before the ________________ (i.e. including claim period of three months) we shall be discharged from all liability under this guarantee thereafter.

5. We, _________________________________________(indicate the name of

bank) further agree with the purchaser that the Purchaser shall have the fullest liberty, without our consent and without affecting in any manner our obligations hereunder, to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said agreement, to extend time of performance by the said contractor(s) from time to time or to postpone for any time or from time to time any of the powers exercisable by the Purchaser against the said Contractor(s) and to forbear or enforce any of the terms and conditions relating to the said agreement and we shall not be relieved from our liability by reason of any such variation or extension being granted to the said Contractor(s) or for any forbearance, act or omission on the part of the Purchaser or any indulgence by the Purchaser to the said contractor(s) or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would, but for this provision, have effect of so relieving us.

6. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the

Bank or the Contractor(s)/Supplier(s). 7. We,_____________________________________________________(indicate

the name of the bank) lastly undertake not to revoke this guarantee during its

currency except with the previous consent of Purchaser in writing. 8. Notwithstanding what is stated in the above paragraphs, our liability under this

guarantee will be restricted to Rs._______________

(Rupees__________________________only). 9. Notwithstanding anything contrary contained in any law for the time being in force

or banking practice, this guarantee shall not be assignable or transferable by the beneficiary. Notice or invocation by any person such as assignee, transferee or agent of beneficiary shall not be entertained by the bank. Any invocation of the guarantee can be made only by the beneficiary directly.

Dated the_______________day of________________201___

For____________________________ (indicate the name of the Bank)

* * *

2

(To be submitted in Non-judicial Stamp Paper of Appropriate Value) Annexure - C

PERFORMANCE BOND

NUCLEAR POWER CORPORATION OF INDIA LTD.

(Acting through) Executive Director, Directorate of Contracts and Materials Management, Nabhikiya Urja Bhavan, Entrance Block, Ground Floor, Anushaktinagar, Mumbai 400094.

(Date of purchase order) 1. WHEREAS on or about the _________________day of _________201_

M/s____________________________________ a Company under the Companies

Act 1956 and having its registered office at

_________________________________________________________________

(hereinafter referred to as 'The Contractor') entered into an agreement bearing

No.___________________________ dated __________ (hereinafter referred to as

'The Contract), with Nuclear Power Corporation of India Ltd ( A Government of India

Enterprise) acting through Executive Director, Directorate of Contracts & Materials

Management (hereinafter referred to as „Purchaser‟) for supply

of________________________(hereinafter referred to as 'The Equipment'). 2. AND WHEREAS under the terms and conditions of the contract an amount of

Rs._____________________(Rupees_______________________________only)

representing balance_____________per cent payment out of the total value of the

contract i.e Rs.___________________(Rupees___________________only) is to be

paid to the contractor on the final acceptance of the equipment and on the Contractor

furnishing a Bank Guarantee in a manner herein contained duly executed by a

Scheduled/Nationalised Bank towards satisfactory performance of the equipment

during warranty period, viz _______________months from date of receipt &

acceptance of the equipment/material at Purchaser‟s Site, as defined in the conditions

of the Contract.

3. NOW WE, the___________________________________(Bank) in consideration of the promises and the payment of the said sum of Rs.__________(Rupees_________________________________only) by the Purchaser to the Contractor do hereby agree and undertake to pay to the Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited, on behalf of the Contractor, the amount due and payable under the guarantee without any demur, merely on a demand from the Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited, stating that the amount claimed is due by way of loss or damage caused to, or suffered by, the Purchaser by reason of unsatisfactory performance of the equipment during the warranty period. Any such demand made on the bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by the Bank under this guarantee. However, our liability under this guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs.___________________ (Rupees__________________________________________only.)

1

4. We undertake to pay to the Purchaser any money demanded notwithstanding any

dispute or disputes raised by the Contractors, in any suit proceedings pending before

any court or tribunal relating thereto, our liability under this present being absolute and

unequivocal. The payment so made by us under the bond shall be a valid discharge of

our liability for payment thereunder and the Contractor(s) shall have no claim against

us for making such payment. 5. WE HEREBY further agree that the decision of the Nuclear Power Corporation of India

Limited as to whether the said equipment is giving satisfactory performance or not

during the warranty period and as to the amount of damages suffered by the Purchaser

on account of unsatisfactory performance of the said equipment shall be final and

binding on us. 6. AND WE, the__________________________________(Bank) do hereby agree that

our liability hereinunder shall not be discharged by virtue of any agreement between

the Purchaser and the Contractor whether with or without our knowledge and/or

consent or by reason of the Purchaser showing any indulgence or forbearance to the Contractor whether as to payment, time for performance, or any other matter

whatsoever relating to the contract, which but for this provision, would amount to discharge of the surety under the law.

7. THIS guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the

Bank or the Contractor(s). 8. OUR Guarantee shall remain in force until______________and unless a claim under

the guarantee is lodged with us within three months from that date, all rights of the

Purchaser under the guarantee shall be forfeited and we shall be relieved and

discharged from all our liabilities hereunder.

9. Notwithstanding anything contrary contained in any law for the time being in force or

banking practice, this guarantee shall not be assignable or transferable by the

beneficiary. Notice or invocation by any person such as assignee, transferee or agent

of beneficiary shall not be entertained by the bank. Any invocation of the guarantee

can be made only by the beneficiary directly.

Dated the _______________ day of_____________ 201_

For__________________________ (indicate the Name of the bank)

* * *

2

Annexure-D

APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT

Will be issued later

Annexure - E

FORMAT OF INDEMNITY BOND AGAINST FREE ISSUE MATERIALS (FIM) TO BE

EXECUTED ON A NON-JUDICIAL STAMP PAPER OF APPROPRIATE VALUE.

INDEMNITY BOND

This Indemnity Bond made this_____ day of______ between

M/s_________________________ having its registered office at______________

hereinafter referred to as “The Contractor” which expression shall include its successors

and assigns on one part and Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited (A Govt. of

India Enterprise), acting through Executive Director, CMM or other Officers)

________________________________________ hereinafter referred to as “The

Purchaser”, which expression shall include its successors and assigns, on other part.

Whereas the Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited has placed a Purchase

Order/Contract No.__________________________________________ dated ________

hereinafter referred to as “Purchase Order” on the Contractor and the Contractor has

accepted to execute the Purchase Order.

And whereas, the Purchaser has agreed to supply the Free Issue Materials referred to in

the Contract/Purchase Order for the purpose of fabrication, machining and supply of the

equipment and stores as referred to in the Contract/Purchase Order.

And whereas, the Contractor has agreed to furnish an Indemnity Bond for a sum of

Rs.______________________________________(Rupees________________________

__________) being amount equivalent to the value of the free issue materials to be

supplied by the Purchaser.

Whereas it is explicitly understood that the materials to be supplied is held by the

Contractor for and on behalf of Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited and that

ownership of the materials used for fabrication/machining etc. rests with Nuclear Power

Corporation of India Limited, till the fabricated/machined equipment/components are

delivered to the Purchaser and balance and left over materials as per free issue material

account as approved by the Purchaser’s engineer is/are returned to the Purchaser.

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSETH THAT IN CONSIDERATION OF THE FREE

ISSUE MATERIALS SUPPLIED BY THE NUCLEAR POWER CORPORATION OF

INDIA LIMITED.

1. The Contractor hereby undertake to pay to the Nuclear Power Corporation of

India Limited on demand the said sum of

Rs.______________(Rupees_______________________________) in the event

of any breach of the conditions of the Purchase Order, loss and damage of the

material and balance material not being returned on or

before________________________or any other date mutually agreed.

2. The Contractor shall be totally responsible for safety of the material during

which it remains in their custody/control and adequate care for preservation of

the item.

3. The Contractor shall undertake to preserve the material with due and proper care

and to keep it insured for the period during which it remains in their

custody/control.

4. The Contractor shall be responsible for safe return of the balance materials off

cuts, scraps to the final destination.

5. This bond shall remain in force and effect so long as the full account of free

issue materials is settled to the satisfaction of the Purchaser and balance material

is returned to the Purchaser.

6. The Contractor shall not stand discharged or released from the Indemnity Bond

given by them under this bond on account of any alteration in the obligation of

the parties to the Contract or on account of any indulgence or forbearance as to

the payment, time, performance, or otherwise granted by Nuclear Power

Corporation of India Limited to the Contractor in relation to the Purchase Order.

It witness whereof the parties hereto have caused the bond to be duly executed on the day

and the year first above written.

For (Contractor’s Name)

* * *

ANNEXURE-F

The Supplier/Contractors while submitting their bill to the Paying Authority shall furnish the following certificates:

Certified that:

1. Excise Duty claimed in this/these bill/bills is/are not more than what is / are payable under the provisions of the relevant act or the rules made there under.

2. The amount of Rs____________________ claimed as Excise Duty in this bill has been/will be paid to the Excise Authorities in respect of stores covered by the bill as per the procedure laid down by the Excise Authorities.

3. No refund of Excise Duty for the goods covered under the bill/bills has/have been received from the Central Excise Authorities nor our appeal for refund of Excise Duty for the goods covered under the bills are pending with the Central Excise Authorities.

4. In the event of any refund of Excise Duty being received, we undertake to promptly pass on the same to NPCIL. In addition, we also authorise the paying authority in NPCIL to recover such amount from our outstanding bills against the present or future contracts.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNEXURE-G

Certificate to be furnished by the Contractor along with the invoice/bills when sales/ Central Sales Tax as extra is claimed.

Certified that:

1) Goods and packing charges on which sales tax (Central or State)/ VAT claimed are not exempted from payment of Sales Tax (Central or State)/ VAT under the Provisions of Sales Tax Act or Rules.

2) We, as a registered dealer, are being assessed to Sales Tax.

3) In the event of our getting refund in whole or part of Sales Tax already paid from Sales Tax Authorities, we shall promptly pass on the same to the Purchaser. In additions we also authorise the paying authority in NPCIL to recover such amount from our outstanding bills against the present or future contracts.

4) We are registered as dealers in the State of _________________ and our local/Central Sales Tax Registration No. is __________________________.

ANNEXURE-H Certificate to be furnished by the contractor along with the Invoice/Bills when service tax is claimed. Certified that: 1. Services on which service tax claimed are not exempted from payment of

service tax under the provisions of Extant Rules. 2. We are registered with Central Excise Department for service tax and our

Registration number is _____________________. 3. We undertake to pursue the matter for refund in case the exemption is

received by NPCIL from the Govt. of India for payment of service tax. In the event of our getting refund in whole or part of Service Tax already paid to Service Tax Authorities, we shall promptly pass on the same to the purchaser. In addition we also authorise the paying authority in NPCIL to recover such amount from our outstanding bills against the present or future contracts.

4. We hereby confirm that Service Tax has been remitted/will be remitted in accordance with the Service Tax Rules.

Signature of Contractor or their Authorised Representative.

e-SPT/SUPPLY-1

SECTION – B2

B-2 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT ( SCC )

SUPPLY - 1 SCC Page 1 of 1


SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

TENDER NO.: CMM/HMP/23-30-10-098 ___________________________________________________________________________

___ The following Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) shall supplement / amend General Conditions of Contract (GCC) – Form No. GCC/Supply-1/Rev.4. Wherever there is a conflict between the two, the provisions in SCC shall prevail over those in the GCC.

Special Conditions (SCC No.)

GCC Clause Reference

Clause Description /

content Special Conditions of Contract (SCC)

1.0 1.11

Consortium / Joint Venture / partnership

Not applicable.

2.0 6.7.6

Right of Recourse under Civil Liability for Nuclear Damages Act 2010 & Rule 2011 thereof

Since, the NPCIL is the system designer and technology owner, being responsible for safety design of such installations in this tender, NPCIL shall assume the role of supplier in accordance with the explanation of the term “supplier” given in Rule 24 of the CLND Rules, 2011 and in the context of section 17(a) and (b) of the CLND Act, 2010.

3.0 9.1.

9. Procurement and Supply 9.1 General Provisions

Following condition shall apply. It may kindly be noted that NPCIL has no reservation about import procurement, if it is necessary, for subject of package. However, bidder shall ensure that items to be imported to India do not have US origin components above the de-minimis level.

End user verification shall not be agreed by NPCIL in case of imports, of raw materials/ components, under any circumstances. Further the bidder / contractor shall make attempts to import raw materials / components, if necessary, without insisting for ‘End use certificate’.

4.0

Applicability of Service Tax on Liquidated Damages

Service Tax / GST on Liquidated Damages as applicable shall be recovered from Contractor.

e-SPT/SUPPLY-1

SECTION – C

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF STORES

C-1 Technical Specification General Rev. 0 C-2 Valve Specification Sheet Nos. KAPP-3&4/34713/2020/VSS KAPP-3&4/35000/2077/VSS C-3 Technical Specification Nos. PC-E-135 Rev. No. 0 PC-E-892 Rev. No. 0

e-SPT/SUPPLY-1

SECTION – C1

C-1 Technical Specification General Rev.0


KAKRAPAR ATOMIC POWER PROJECT – 3&4 RAJASTHAN ATOMIC POWER PROJECT – 7&8

TENDER DOCUMENT FOR BALL Valves

Page 1 of 18

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION- GENERAL Rev. No. 0

March, 2017

Tender No CMM/HMP/23-30-10-098

SECTION-C

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND SCOPE OF WORK




Page 2 of 18


March, 2017

SECTION-C-1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF STORES




Page 3 of 18


March, 2017

Table of Contents 1.0 GENERAL 2.0 INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED WITH THE PROPOSAL. 3.0 INFORMATION REQUIRED AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT. 4.0 SOURCING OF RAW MATERIAL. 5.0 SUB-CONTRACTING. 6.0 SEISMIC ANALYSIS. 7.0 QUALITY SURVELLIANCE AND PROGRESS REPORT. 8.0 PRESERVATION, PACKING AND TRANSPORT. 9.0 SHIPPING RELEASE. 10.0 LIST OF SPECIFICATION AND DATA SHEET.




Page 4 of 18


March, 2017

1.0 GENERAL: 1.1 INTRODUCTION 1.1.1 This tender is for Manufacturing, inspection, examination, testing,

documentation, supply, preservation, packaging, guarantee and safe delivery of

Ball Valves to respective sites as KAPP-3&4, RAPP-7&8 described under 1.2

below.

The Bidder shall quote exactly as per the specifications included in this Tender

Document.

1.1.2 The applicable Valve Specification Sheets (VSS) and Technical Specifications

as listed in Annexure-I.

The general technical requirements of valves are given in respective technical

specifications for specific type of valves and for specific system. The valve

specification sheets gives the detailed technical requirement like size, rating, material, testing, etc. and these sheets are valve specific.

1.2 SCOPE OF SUPPLY

The manufacturer shall be fully responsible for manufacturing, inspection,

examination, testing, packing & transportation of valves as per Valve specification Sheets (VSS) & other technical specification as listed below :




Page 5 of 18


March, 2017

SR NO

SIZE (NB)

RATI

NG

END CONN. DESCRIPTION VSS No.

MATERIAL SPECIFIC--

ATION NPCIL SPEC.

Quantity

Total QTY.

KAPP-3,4

RAPP-7,8

130N

20

ANSI CLASS

1500

3/4 Inch NPT(F)

BALL VALVE (ELECTRICALLY OP.)

KAPP-3,4/35000/ 2077/VSS/R1

SS 316

PC-E-135

22 22

44

New Item

25

150 FL BALL VALVE Air operated-Fail safe open-flanged end with companion flanges

KAPP-3&4/34713/2020/VSS

SA 182 F 316 L

PC-E-135 3 3

6

TOTAL QTY. 50

1.3 SITE LOCATIONS -- Total quantity (25 No.’s) of Ball valves are required to be delivered at KAPP-

3&4 Project Site. The site of KAPP-3&4 is located at Kakarapara in

Gujarat, about 86 km east of Surat on Surat-Dhulia Road.

-- Total quantity (25 No.’s) of Ball valves to be delivered at RAPP-7&8 Project

Site. The site of RAPP-7&8 is situated on the right bank of Rana Pratap

Sagar (RPS) reservoir upstream of RPS dam at a radial distance of 6 km

from the Dam. The site is located at Rawatbhata in Rajasthan. This site is

well connected by road from Kota.

1.4 DELIVERY




Page 6 of 18


March, 2017

The bidder’s attention is drawn to the fact that no tender will be considered

unless bidder can satisfy the purchaser through activity break up that he can

meet delivery schedules specified as below. Bidders must carry out work in the

time prescribed in this tender document.

The bidder shall forward along with the bid, a chart showing critical path activities with time in weeks.

Required delivery schedules are as follows: Sr. No. Item Required Delivery Schedule 1. Quantity for KAPP-3,4 12 months from PO date

2. Quantity for RAPP-7,8 12 months from PO date

The bidder shall forward along with the bid, fabrication and delivery schedules.

1.5 PACKAGING AND TRANSPORT

Bidders shall note that preparation for shipment shall be in accordance with the instructions outlined in this tender document, each Consignment along with its

shipment frame shall be limited to the size and weight permissible under existing

rail and road conditions.

Each Consignment shall be properly labeled to indicate the Tag No., the

purchase order number and any other necessary data to identify the equipment

and relate it to the contract. The supplier shall be required to paint the purchase

order number and any other necessary data on the Consignment to identify the

equipment and relate it to the contract.

1.6 TRANSPORT LIMITATION AND FACILITIES




Page 7 of 18


March, 2017

The contractor shall be responsible for delivery of the equipment at site, in

package of sizes and weights that are permissible under the existing rail and

road transportation limitations. 2.0 INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED WITH THE PROPOSAL

i) Deviations to Technical Specification, if any.

ii) Source of Raw material. iii) Items to be sub-ordered.

iv) Delivery Schedule for scope of supply.

v) Quality Assurance Plan as per technical specification. vi) Details of resources like manpower, machineries and facilities for

manufacture and testing of the Ball Valves within the committed delivery

schedule. vii) Duly filled in qualification requirement (Refer Section-D, Annexure-X).

2.1 DEVIATION FROM ORIGINAL TENDER

Bidder shall submit all deviation from the tendering documents for consideration by the purchaser at the bid stage itself. Only such deviations that are separately

listed and approved by the purchaser shall form part of the original tender.

3.0 INFORMATION REQUIRED AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT:




Page 8 of 18


March, 2017

3.1 The contractor shall submit four (4) copies of the following drawings and

documents for purchaser’s approval within two (2) weeks after award of

contract and before commencement of fabrication.

a) Time schedule and Manufacturing Sequence Plans (MSP) indicating all the principal activities to meet stipulated delivery dates.

b) Drawing showing fabrication details.

c) Detailed Design calculation reports.

d) Detailed Quality Assurance Plan. e) Inspection / Testing and NDE Procedure.

f) Preservation and Packing Procedure.

g) Any other documents / information relevant for fabrication of these Ball Valves.

The above documents when approved by the purchaser in writing would form

part of the tender document.

Approval of the supplier’s drawings by the purchaser shall not relieve the supplier from the responsibility for any error or omission therein or from any obligations or liability under the contract.

3.2 The contractor also shall within two (2) weeks after the award of the contract and

before commencement of fabrication, submit to the purchaser, four (4) sets of master manufacturing schedules (in the form of PERT chart/arrow diagram)

linking all manufacturing activities before start of manufacture. During

manufacture, fortnightly activity details shall be made and sent to the purchaser




Page 9 of 18


March, 2017

so as to reach before start of the fortnight. On completion of fortnight, review

reports also shall be sent.

3.3 The contractor shall record all deviations, concessions, omissions, changes etc.

occurring throughout the manufacturing / and testing phase. The contractor shall submit a complete set of `As Built’ (final) drawings within thirty (30) days

after completion of all works on the Ball Valves for each project. Two (2) sets of

bound history docket for each Ball Valves and Four (4) sets of History

Documents on Compact Disc (CD) with appropriate software for indexing and search shall consists of the following: -

a. Copy of purchase order.

b. Copy of approved Quality Assurance Plan. c. Guarantee certificate.

d. Copy of manufacturing procedures /Heat Treatment Procedure/

inspection (NDE) and testing procedures followed. e. Test Certificates of all materials.

f. Details of various tests done and results thereof.

The supply shall be deemed incomplete without `as built’ drawings and history

docket book.

4.0 SOURCING OF RAW MATERIAL During the bidding stage, each bidder has to specify the source of raw material. Plates and forgings shall be sourced from reputed Indian/ European/ American

manufacturers. The source of supply of raw material shall be subject to NPCIL

approval. Unpriced copies of the Sub order shall be submitted after placement of Sub order.




Page 10 of 18


March, 2017

5.0 SUB-CONTRACTING The contractor shall not sub-contract any or part of the work without the written

consent from the purchaser. Major work shall not be subcontracted. The

contractor shall be responsible to the purchaser for all work of his sub-

contractors, even if allowed by the purchaser. The contractor shall furnish four (4) unpriced copies of the purchase order for each sub-contract allowed by the

purchaser. The purchaser, if he so desires, will carry out quality surveillance on

the sub-contracted job at sub-contractor’s works.

6.0 SEISMIC ANALYSIS As per Valve Specification Sheets attached.

7.0 QUALITY SURVEILLANCE AND PROGRESS REPORT

7.1 Inspection shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Quality surveillance shall

be done by NPCIL or its authorized representative at the stages identified in the approved QAPs.

7.2 The Contractor shall have documented quality management system to manage

and assure the quality at all stages of engineering, procurement, manufacture, inspection, examination and testing, handling and shipment of the valves.

7.3 The Bidder shall have a dedicated group of experienced and qualified inspection engineers and inspectors responsible for ensuring the implementation of quality

management system and quality surveillance/quality control program at their

work, their Sub-Vendors/ manufacturing works. The Contractor should have his own adequate no. of qualified Quality Surveillance/Quality control personnel to




Page 11 of 18


March, 2017

carry out the inspection activities at different stages as per the requirements or for

monitoring performance of hired inspection personnel of approved agency at

important locations in India and abroad.

7.4 All the personnel performing activities affecting quality of items shall have necessary qualifications, training and experience and duly authorized for specified

processes and activities by Bidder and subsequently accepted by NPCIL before

their deployment on job. Agency along with the personnel deployed by the Bidder

shall be approved by NPCIL based on their competence on the desired activities.

All Non-destructive examinations (NDE) as required shall be performed by

qualified personnel as per procedures approved by NPCIL. NDE shall be witnessed by Bidder’s QS personnel / its authorized inspection personnel who

shall be minimum level-II certified from ISNT / ASNT. Bidder’s NDT In-Charge

shall have necessary Level-III certified in relevant methods for preparation / review of NDE procedures or job specific technique sheet.

7.5 All works covered by this Tender Document whether at main contractor’s work or

at authorized sub-contractor’s works shall be subject to quality surveillance by the Purchaser or his authorized representative as per approved Quality Assurance

Plan. The contractor shall allow purchaser or his authorized agent to access at all

reasonable times during manufacture and assembly to:- a. The premises in which the work is being carried out

b. The drawings and / or tooling involved.




Page 12 of 18


March, 2017

7.6 Gauges, instruments, etc. required for inspecting the work (prints of drawings and

copies of procedures shall be made available for inspection and retention, if so

desired).

7.7 Supplier’s quality control personnel shall be under the control of a competent

Quality Controller, whose primary responsibility is examination, testing and inspection, reporting directly to the management and not to the production

department.

7.8 The examination testing and inspection shall be carried out in a manner

satisfactory to and shall be subject to approval by the Purchaser. The Supplier shall submit an examination, testing and inspection plan for approval by the

Purchaser. Quality Surveillance by the Purchaser or his authorized representative

shall not, in any way, relieve the Supplier of the examination, testing and inspection duties called for herein.

7.9 In addition to the examination, testing and inspection performed by the Supplier,

the Purchaser shall have the right to ask for additional examination, testing or inspection as he deems necessary and the additional cost for such tests shall be

borne by the Purchaser.

7.10 In the event of any failure to meet the examination, testing or inspection

requirements specified herein, the Supplier shall notify the Purchaser or his authorized representative. The supplier must obtain written permission from the

Purchaser before any repair is undertaken. If repairs are likely to affect the

results of examination, testing and inspection previously completed, appropriate re-examination, re-testing and re-inspection shall be carried out. The quality

control procedure to be followed, to ensure a satisfactory repair, shall be subject

to approval by Purchaser.




Page 13 of 18


March, 2017

7.11 Four (4) copies of all examination, testing and inspection reports duly certified by

the Purchaser’s authorized representative shall be submitted to the Purchaser

and sent along with the shipment to site. Supplier shall keep a record of all

examination, testing and inspection reports for a period of five (5) years after

completion of job.

8.0 PROCEDURE FOR SUBMISSION OF CONTRACTOR’S DRAWINGS / DOCUMENTS

a) Copies of all the drawings / documents shall be forwarded to Purchaser for

approval. Each and every drawing or document including write ups, data sheets,

etc. shall carry project title, names of Purchaser, sub-vendor document no, Contractor’s document no., revision number, date of revision and brief details of

revisions carried out, appropriate ref. no. of schedule, distribution and purpose,

etc. Wherever any revision is carried out, correspondingly revision number must

be updated. The revisions carried out on any drawing or document shall be identified by encirclement and tagging the encirclement with the revision number.

A drawing not complying with this procedure will not be reviewed by Purchaser.

b) All documents shall have English version on them.

c) All dimensions on drawings shall be in metric units, unless otherwise specified. If

any dimension figured on a drawing differ from those obtained by scaling the

drawing, the dimension as figured shall be taken as correct.

d) Immediately after award of contract, Contractor shall compile a list of mutually agreed technical deviations. The Technical Specifications and other documents




Page 14 of 18


March, 2017

referred therein along with the list of mutually agreed deviations constitute the

contract document which forms the basis of review of Contractor’s drawings /

document

e) Review of Contractor’s documents / drawings by the Purchaser will be on one-unit basis wherever documentation is identical for both units. However, for subsequent

units, Contractor shall certify in the documents / drawings that the information

contained in the documents / drawings is identical with the one already reviewed

and approved by Purchaser.

f) Depending on the completeness and correctness of Contractor’s drawings /

documents submitted for approval, the same will be stamped by the Engineer.

g) One reproducible of all as built drawings for equipment, valves, specialties, etc.,

shall be sent to the Purchaser along with one soft copy in pdf and three (3) prints.

h) Drawings prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Purchaser shall be

considered as a part of the Specification. However, examination and approval of

the drawings by the Purchaser or the Consultant shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for design, workmanship and materials, under the Contract.

i) Contractor in consultation with Purchaser will finalize the complete list and schedule

of drawings/documents.




Page 15 of 18


March, 2017

9. 0 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS: The Contractor shall submit to NPCIL six (6) hard copies and one soft copy (pdf

format) of the end documentation which includes all relevant design details,

drawings, design / analysis reports, history docket including all manufacturing

procedures, test certificates, inspection records like HT charts, etc., manufacturer’s instruction manuals, NCR / DCR and shipping release along with

copies of Po’s. All radiographic films shall be submitted to NPCIL for the purpose

of record. Equipment / component may be rejected by NPCIL if co-relatable

records are not supplied. End documentation / history docket shall be submitted to NPCIL, QA to check its completeness.

10.0 SHIPPING RELEASE Prior to shipping the material, the Supplier must arrange for final inspection and

obtain a shipping release note from NPCIL Quality Surveyor for the material to be

supplied / dispatched to respective sites.

11.0 PRESERVATION, PACKAGING, & TRANSPORTATION

1) All equipment / material shall be protected for the entire period of dispatch,

storage and erection, against corrosion, incidental damage due to vermin, sunlight, rain, high temperature, humid atmosphere, rough handling in transit and

storage in the open including possible delay in transit. The precaution shall be

taken to protect valves and similar other items from damages of valve seats etc. caused by improper handling, ingress of foreign material, moisture, etc. into the

valve bodies. In such cases, wrappings impregnated with anti-rust composition or

vapour phase inhibitors shall be used. These shall have sufficient strength to resist chafing and indentation due to the movement that is likely to occur in transit.




Page 16 of 18


March, 2017

The protective wrappings and impregnation and anti-rust grease shall last for the

period of storage at site.

2) All cases shall be provided with suitable cut-outs, closed by bolted wooden planks

to facilitate inspection by customs authorities. Waterproof transparent papers shall

be provided at the cut-out locations to prevent water ingress into the casing through the cut-out.

3) Each package shall contain a packing list in a waterproof envelope. Copies of the

packing list, in triplicate, shall be forwarded to the purchaser prior to dispatch. All

items of material shall be clearly marked for easy identification against the packing list.

4) All spare parts shall be packed and treated for long storage conditions at site.

5) The purchaser may require inspecting and approving the packing before the items are dispatched. However, the Contractor shall be entirely responsible for ensuring

that the packing is suitable for transportation and such inspection will not

exonerate the Contractor from any loss or damage due to faulty packing. 6) Any material found short inside the intact packing cases shall be supplied by the

Contractor at no extra cost to the purchaser.

7) All packing cover and packing material shall become the property of the

purchaser. 8) All points terminating in a flanged connection exposed to atmosphere shall be

fitted with blanking plates with gaskets, for the purpose of transport.

9) The Contractor shall be responsible for delivering the equipment in packages of sizes and weights that are permissible under the existing road and rail limitations.

10) All packages shall be clearly, legibly and durably marked with uniform block

letters (preferably with waterproof paint) on at least three sides with:




Page 17 of 18


March, 2017

a) Destination address as communicated

b) Purchase Order No.

c) Net and gross weights

d) Dimensions

e) Sign showing “side up‟

f) Sign showing “fragile‟ marks in case of delicate equipment

g) Any handling and unpacking instructions, if considered necessary.

h) In case of spare parts, each spare part shall be clearly marked and labelle on

the outside of its packing with its description and catalogue / part number.




Page 18 of 18


March, 2017

Annexure-1 – List of Specifications and Data Sheet

PROJECT: KAPP-3&4 & RAPP-7&8 Manufacture of Ball Valves for 700 MWe as per Specification and Data Sheet as given

below: -

Sr.No.

Description Title

A DATA SHEET & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION SHEET

1. KAPP-3,4/35000/2077/VSS/R1

Valve Specification Sheet for Power Operated Ball Valve

2. KAPP-3&4/34713/2020/VSS Valve Specification Sheet for Air Operated Ball Valve

Applicable Specifications : Sr.No.

Spec. No. Title

1. PC-E-135 Technical Specification for Moderator System Valves.

2. PC-E-892 Technical Specification on Limit Switch for Harsh Environment for 700MWe.

e-SPT/SUPPLY-1

SECTION – C2

C-2 Valve Specification Sheet Nos. KAPP-3&4/34713/2020/VSS KAPP-3&4/35000/2077/VSS

NUCLEAR POWER CORPORATION OF INDIA LTD VALVE TYPE: AIR OPERATED BALL

VALVE SPEC SHEET NO.

KAPP-3&4/34713/2020/VSS REV NO. : 0 PAGE : 2 OF 4

GEN

ERA

L

SIZE : 25 NB

EVN. QUAL REQUIREMENT : TEST REQUIREMENT THERMAL YES RADIATION YES LOCA YES MSLB YES

APPLICABLE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION : PC-E-135 SEISMIC REQUIREMENT

APPLICABLE DESIGN CODES : ASME SEC III CLASS ND, ANSI B 16.34 & PB-P-1819, PC-E-892

CONDITION STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY

OPERABILITY

OBE YES YES

SSE YES -

NONE - -

BO

DY

PRESSURE RATING : 150 lb. END CONNECTIONS: 25mm NB RF FLANGED (150 #) AS PER ANSI B16.5 WITH CONCENTRIC

SERRATIONS. MATERIAL : BODY : SA 182 F 316L LINING : -

BOLTS : SA 193 GR B8 Class-II NUTS : SA 194 GR 8 CONSTRUCTION FEATURES : THREE PIECE, FULL BORE BALL VALVE, DIMENSIONS TO MATCH ANSI B 16.34, WITH OVER TRAVEL LIMIT STOPPERS FOR OPEN AND CLOSE POSITIONS

BO

NN

ET

TYPE : -

MATERIAL : -

BONNET GASKET : - MATERIAL : -

HAND WHEEL : STANDARD (FOR MANUAL OVERRIDE) MATERIAL: SG IRON

STEM PACKING : ‘O’ RING MATERIAL : PEEK/ VITON

TRIM

STEM : STANDARD MATERIAL: ASTM A 564 GR 630 H1075

DFM/DISC/BALL/PLUG FORM : BALL MATERIAL : SA351 CF3M/ SS 316 L

SEAT TYPE : - MATERIAL : FULL PEEK SEAT

SER

VIC

E C

ON

DIT

ION

S

FLUID : CO2/O2

PRESSURE KG/CM2 (g): MAX : 1.75 MIN : - NORMAL : 0.5

TEMP (Deg C ) : MAX : 180 MIN : - NORMAL : -

FLOW (Sm3/hr) : MAX 10 MIN : 3 NORMAL : -

SP. GR. @ 25 Deg C : 1.55

VISCOSITY @ 25 Deg C : -

LIFT % : -

DEL –P Kg/Cm sq. : MANUFACTURER TO SPECIFY

CV : MANUFACTURER TO SPECIFY

VALVE CHARACTERISTICS : -

VALVE SPEC SHEET NO: KAPP-3&4/34713/2020/VSS REV NO: 0 PAGE 3 OF 4

OP

ERA

TIO

N

ACTUATOR PNEUMATIC YES ELECTRIC - OTHERS -

ACTUATOR TYPE DIAPHRAGM NO PISTON YES SINGLE ACTING YES DOUBLE ACTING -

OPERATING SUPPLY REF PC-E-135

OPERATOR ACTION CLOSE BY AIR PRESSURE CLOSING TIME MFR TO

SPECIFY

OPEN BY SPRING ACTION OPENING TIME MFR TO SPECIFY

AIR SUPPLY FAIL POSITION OPEN INSTRUMENT AIR (MOTIVE POWER) PRESSURE, Kg/cm2 (g): - MAXIMUM: 7.8; NORMAL: 5.5 ; MINIMUM: 4.0, FOR SIZING OF ACTUATOR OUTPUT SIGNAL: 3-15 PSI OUTPUT SIGNAL: MANUFACTURER TO SPECIFY POSITIONER : PNEUMATIC

TEST

S

DESCRIPTION PRESSURE (KG/CM2 (g))

DURATION (MIN)

APPLICABLE CLAUSE OF

PC-E-135 REMARKS

HYDROSTATIC BODY TEST 30 10 6.8

HYDROSTATIC SEAT LEAK TEST (BI DIRECTIONAL) 21 10 6.8

AIR LEAK BODY TEST 5.6 3 6.8 AIR LEAK SEAT TEST 5.6 3 6.8 ACTUATOR PERFORMANCE TEST : REF PC-E-135 FUNCTIONAL QUALIFICATION TEST REF PC-E-135

<ACCESSORIES> LIMIT SWITCH OPEN YES (2 CO) CLOSE YES (2 CO)

LIMIT SWITCH SPECIFICATION: a. TYPE : Change over type for open and close position. b. ENCLOSURE : IP-65 as per IEC:60529. c. NO. OF CONTACTS: 2 for each position. d. CONTACT RATING: 1 ampere at 24 V DC e. CONTACT RESISTANCE : Not more than 100 milli Ohms. f. INSULATION RESISTANCE : 100 Mega Ohms at 100 V DC. g. NO. OF OPERATIONS : 1 X 106 operations or better. h. GASKET FOR LIMIT SWITCH : EPDM. i. TERMINAL OF LIMIT SWITCH SHALL HAVE AMPLE WIRING SPACE FOR CONNECTING AT LEAST 2.5 SQ. MM

SINGLE COPPER CONDUCTOR PVC INSULATED WIRE. j. LIMIT SWITCH CONTACT WIRING DETAILS SHALL BE SHOWN IN THE MANUFACTURER’S DRAWING.

HAND WHEEL : REQUIRED FOR MANUAL OVERRIDE FLOOR STAND : -

EXTN BONNET : - SUPPORT LUGS : - COMPANION FLANGES WITH NUTS, BOLTS AND GASKET: REQUIERED. FLANGES: SORF (150 #) AS PER ANSI B16.5 WITH CONCENTRIC SERRATIONS. FLANGE MATRIAL: SAME AS VALVE BOLTS : SA 193 GR B8 Class-II NUTS : SA 194 GR 8 GASKET: 1.5mm THICK SPIRAL WOUND GRAPHITE FILLED SS GASKET (NUCLEAR GRADE) 150# AS PER ANSI B16.20. TORQUE SWITCH : -

VALVE SPEC SHEET NO: KAPP-3&4/34713/2020/VSS REV NO: 0 PAGE 4 OF 4 Valve Tag nos. & Line Nos. :

VALVE TAG No. Line No. 3471-AV-30 3471-61 QUANTITY : UNIT Nos. KAPP-3 01 KAPP-4 01 SPARE 01 TOTAL 03 Notes: 1) All exposed Carbon Steel components shall be painted with NPCIL approved paint as per

NPCIL specification PC-E-615. 2) In case of any descripency with PC-E-135 and PC-E-892, this VSS will govern. 3) Valve is located at 100m Fl. Inside Reactor Building near grid Bz-1. 4) Any resilient material used in the actuator-valve assembly shall be EPDM/ Viton, unless noted

otherwise. 5) Rotary actuator is preffered.

e-SPT/SUPPLY-1

SECTION – C3

C-3 Technical Specification Nos. PC-E-135 Rev. No. 0 PC-E-892 Rev. No. 0

ii

REVISION CONTROL SHEET DOCUMENT TYPE : ENGINEERING SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT NO. : PC-E-135 TITLE : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR MODERATOR SYSTEM

VALVES

Rev. No. & Date

Description of revision Revised by Checked by Reviewed by Approved by


Page No. 1 of 40 KAKRAPAR ATOMIC POWER PROJECT - 3&4

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR MODERATOR SYSTEM VALVES Revision No. 0

32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

1.0 SCOPE

This Specification together with the associated valve specification sheets establishes the technical requirements for the design, manufacture, inspection and testing of gate, globe, butterfly, diaphragm, check, needle, Pressure Regulating Valves and Safety Relief Valves for moderator and auxiliary systems.

2.0 CONTENT

CONTENT SECTION Scope : 1.0

Content : 2.0

Applicable Documents : 3.0

Specifications : 3.1

Specification Sheets : 3.2

Materials and Workmanship : 4.0

Requirements : 5.0

General : 5.1

Requirements for Valves : 5.2

General : 5.2.1

Valve design and qualification : 5.2.2

Valve body and bonnet : 5.2.3

Valve Trim : 5.2.4

Valve Stem Sealing Arrangements : 5.2.5

Back Seats : 5.2.6

Threaded Fasteners : 5.2.7

Valves Position Indicators : 5.2.8

Interchangeability : 5.3

Valve Marking and Identification : 5.4

Requirements for Valve Operators : 5.5

General : 5.5.1

Pneumatic Piston Operators : 5.5.2

Pneumatic Diaphragm Operators : 5.5.3

Electrical Operators : 5.5.4

Instrumentation accessories : 5.5.5




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

CONTENT SECTION Limit Switches for Valve Position Indication : 5.5.5.1

Position transmitters for valve position indication : 5.5.5.2

Operating Requirements for Control Valves : 5.6

General Requirements : 5.6.1

Static Performance Test (Control Valves) : 5.6.2

Dynamic Performance Test (Control Valves) : 5.6.3

Definition of Terms associated with Control Valves : 5.6.4

Examination and Testing : 6.0

General : 6.1

Examination on Test Failure : 6.2

Material Tests : 6.3

NDT requirements : 6.4

Radiographic Examination : 6.4.1

Liquid Penetrant Examination : 6.4.2

Ultrasonic Examination : 6.4.3

Examination and Testing of Bellows : 6.5

Hydrostatic Test and Air Leak Test : 6.6

Body and bonnet castings hydrotest : 6.6.1

Hydrotest body and seat leak test : 6.6.2

Gland packing hydrotest : 6.6.3

Back seat hydrotest : 6.6.4

Acceptance standard for hydrotest : 6.6.5

Air leak body test : 6.6.6

Air leak seat test : 6.6.7

Seat air leak test for diaphragm valves : 6.7

Sealed bonnet air leak test for diaphragm valves : 6.8

Vacuum hold test for Diaphragm valves : 6.9

Vacuum flexing test : 6.9.1

Vacuum Body / Seat Test : 6.9.2

Air leak test for motors : 6.10

Helium leak body test : 6.11




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

CONTENT SECTION Functional testing : 6.12

Examination of product : 6.13

Cleanliness : 6.14

Documentation : 7.0

Catalogues : 7.1

Procedures : 7.2

Drawings : 7.3

Inspection and test reports : 7.4

Test certificates : 7.5

Instruction manual : 7.6

Preparation of shipment : 8.0

ANNEXURE – 1: Specific Requirements for Valves

Gate Valves : 1.0

Butterfly Valves : 2.0

Bellows Sealed Globe Valves : 3.0

Diaphragm Valves : 4.0

Safety Relief Valves : 5.0

Check Valves : 6.0

Globe / Needle Valves : 7.0

Pressure Reducing Valves : 8.0

ANNEXURE – 2: Suggested QAP for Bellows Sealed Globe Valves

3.0 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS All documents listed below of the issue in effect on the date of the pertinent tendering

documents, constitute a part of this Specification to the extent defined subsequently in the specification.

3.1 Specifications

PB-E-103 : Motor Driven Valve Actuators

PB-P-541 : Qualification of Valves, Pumps, Tanks and Vessels, Piping and Supports

PP-E-1209 : Liquid Penetrant Examination

PP-E-1210 : Magnetic Particle Examination




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

PP-E-1211 : Radiographic Examination on Castings

PP-E-1212 : Radiographic Examination on Welds

PP-E-1213 : Ultrasonic Examination on Shaft Material

PP-E-1214 : General Requirements for Ultrasonic Examination

ANSI B-1.1 : Unified Screw Threads

ANSI B-1.1 a : Metric translation, optional supplement to unified screw threads

ANSI B-1.20.1 : Taper Pipe Threads (except dry seal)

ANSI B-16.5 : Steel Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings

ANSI B-16.10 : Face to Face and End to End dimension of ferrous valves

ANSI B-16.11 : Forged Steel Fittings Socket Welding and Threaded

ANSI B-16.25 : Butt Welding Ends

ASME B-16.34 : Valves – Flanged, Threaded and Butt Welding Ends

ANSI B-36.19 : Stainless Steel Pipe

ASME QME 1 : Qualification of active mechanical equipment used in nuclear power plants

FCI 70-2 (ANSI B 16.104)

: Specification for control valve seat leakage

ASME : Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code – Section III, Div.1, Non-Destructive Testing – Section V, Welding and Brazing Qualification – Section IX

ASTM : Appropriate Publication for Materials

MSS-SP-25 : Standard Marking Systems for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and Unions

ISA S 26 : Dynamic Response Testing of Process Control Instrumentation

SAMA Std. RC 20 : Measurement and Control Terminology

IEEE – 344 : IEEE recommended practices for seismic qualification of Class-1E equipment for nuclear power plant

IEEE – 382 : IEEE standard for Qualification of Actuators for Power-Operated Valve Assemblies With Safety-Related Functions for Nuclear Power Plants .

BS 5352 : Specification for steel wedge gate, globe and check valves 50 mm and smaller for the petroleum, petrochemical and allied industries

IS-13947 : Specification for low voltage switch gear and control gear

PC-E-263 : NPCIL specification for pressure regulating valves

In case Manufacturer refers to any other standards, these shall be equal to or better than the standards listed above. However, use of such standards shall be subject to the Purchaser's approval. The Manufacturer shall indicate date of issue of standards he proposes to use at the bidding stage itself.




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

In the event of any conflict between the requirements of this Specification and the documents listed above, generally this Specification shall govern.

3.2 Specification Sheets Applicable Valve Specification Sheets (VSS). 4.0 MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP

Material and standard parts which are not specifically designated herein shall be of good quality and in accordance with the best practice in the manufacture of valves and operators. Workmanship shall be in accordance with the best practice, adequate to ensure satisfactory operation, service life and ease of maintenance in accordance with the requirements of this Specification.

5.0 REQUIREMENTS 5.1 General

This Specification covers a variety of types and sizes of valves and operators. The specific requirements and service conditions for each application are defined on the valve specification sheets which accompany the specification. Where the valve specification shows “-” it implies that the requirement is not relevant, not applicable or Manufacturer to give the detail. The requirements for valves are given in Section 5.2. Requirements for operators are given in Section 5.5. Requirements for control valves are given in Section 5.6. Some specific requirements for particular types of valves are given in Annexure – 1. The design and construction of the valves and operator shall be appropriate for long life and trouble-free plant service for the condition listed on the pertinent valve specification sheets. All components of valves and actuators other than consumable items shall be suitable for operation in radiation field 2 Gray/hr for a period of 40 years. Consumable items shall withstand the desired service for at least two (2) years. All such items shall be identified by the Manufacturer and shall be subject to Purchaser’s approval.

5.2 Requirements for Valves 5.2.1 General

Valves intended for water service will handle high purity, water with pH in the range of 5.5 to 8.0. Valves intended for other fluids will handle fluids listed on the valve specification sheets. All materials which are not specified in valve specification sheets shall be selected by the Manufacturer to appropriate ASME or equivalent specification, except that proprietary and proven materials may be used for special items such as valve trim, subject to the approval of the Purchaser. Material




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

requirements are described fully in subsequent sections dealing with various parts of the valves.

5.2.2 Valve Design and Qualification

The valve design shall be according to the requirement s of ASME Section III, Div.1 to demonstrate structural integrity. The component classification and applicability of code subsection shall be indicated on the individual valve specification sheet. The valves shall be designed for various loads viz. dead weight, pressure, etc. In addition mechanical transients of Operating Basis Earthquake (OBE) and Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE) should be taken into account as per NPCIL’s specification No. PB-P-541.

The power operated valves shall be seismically qualified by analysis and tested to demonstrate their intended functional performance during and after the seismic event as per ASME QME-1. As per this, a valve having a fundamental natural frequency of 33 Hz and above can be qualified by a simple equivalent static loading test. The specification covering the procedure for analysis and testing of the valves is given in NPCIL’s specification No. PB-P-541. The required response spectra for seismic qualification will be provided later. The supplier shall submit design, analysis and test procedure to Purchaser for approval.

5.2.3 Valve Body and Bonnet

All forged body valves shall be of full bore design (standard bore as per BS : 5352). The rating of the valves shall be as specified on the appropriate valve specification sheets and shall be in accordance with the pressure rating classification of ASME B 16.34. Valve body internals should be streamlined and there shall be no pockets or stress concentration points. Valve body minimum wall thickness shall be governed by ASME Section III / ASME B 16.34. Valve body, bonnet materials shall be as specified in the valve specification sheets.

The end to end dimensions of valves shall be equal to those defined in ANSI B-16.10 except that tolerance on end to end dimensions shall be + 1.6 mm for all sizes of valves. Valve body end connections shall be as per the valve specification sheets. The finish on all unmachined internal and external surfaces shall be 10 microns RMS or better. For spiral wound type gaskets surface finish shall be 3.2 microns or better. Where a flanged end valve is specified, the diameter and drilling shall be in accordance with ANSI B 16.5 with 1.5 mm raised face. Flanges shall be cast integral with the valve body. Flanges shall be suitable for spiral wound stainless steel with graphite filler gasket. Where threaded ends are specified, the end preparation shall be in accordance with ISO Standard equivalent to ANSI B 1.20.1.




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

All castings/forgings for the valve body and bonnet shall be examined and accepted by liquid penetrant examination as per subsection 6.4.2 of this specification. Where specified on the valve specification sheets, the valve body and bonnet castings shall be examined by radiographic inspection as per sub section 6.4.1 hereof and all forgings shall be inspected by ultrasonic examinations as per Sub-Section 6.4.3 hereof. Unacceptable surface defects may be removed by grinding or machining provided a) The remaining thickness is not reduced below the minimum required. b) The depression after defect elimination is blended uniformly into the surrounding

surface.

If the elimination of the defect reduces the thickness below the minimum required, the castings/forgings shall be repaired by welding. The repair of individual defects shall not require approval by the purchaser prior to immediate commencement of repair. However repair procedure shall be subject to approval prior to first repair. The defect shall be completely removed by suitable mechanical or thermal cutting or gouging methods. The complete removal of the defect shall be verified by liquid penetrant method as described in section 6.4.2. All welding shall be done as per ASME Section IX. The casting/forging shall be solution annealed after weld repairs. After solution annealing repair weld shall be examined by liquid penetrant method. In addition, where the depth of repair cavity exceeds 10% of the section thickness, the repair weld shall be radiographed in accordance with section 6.4.1. Each defect repair that is required to be radiographed shall be described in the certified material test report. The test report for each piece shall include a chart which shows the size and location of the prepared cavity, the welding material identification, the welding procedure, the heat treatment and a report of the results of the examination including radiographic film. The valve body-bonnet joints shall be as per the valve specification sheets. Body-bonnet fasteners shall be provided with positive locking device. Also, any special requirement such as double gasketting, live loading arrangement and inter gasket leak-off arrangement shall be provided as listed in the valve specification sheets.

5.2.4 Valve Trim

The design and material for valve trim shall provide maximum protection against the effect of corrosion, corrosion-erosion, galling, and leakage. Valve seats (including back-seats), plug and discs shall be hard faced. The material used for hard facing shall be free of Cobalt (Traces shall be quantified and reported for acceptance). Hard facing material shall be cobalt free nickel based alloy. There




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

shall be hardness difference between seat and disc/plug. Hard surfacing shall meet the requirement of ASME Section IX. Hard surfacing shall be examined by the liquid penetrant method in accordance with section 6.4.2 hereof and the acceptance standards applicable to material less than 15 mm thick shall apply. The surface finish on the stem should be 0.8 micron RMS or better. The material used for the bellows in Bellows-sealed valves shall be Inconel 600/625 to ASTM B 167. Alternative material shall be subject to the approval of Purchaser. The material for other trim components shall be selected by the Contractor for the particular service conditions shown on the valve specification sheets. Where a special plug form is required, this is shown on the appropriate valve specification sheet.

5.2.5 Valve Stem Sealing Arrangement

The method of valve stem sealing shall be as defined on the valve specification sheet and will be either. a) Bellows seal with single back up gland packing (without leak-off connection). b) Double packed gland with lantern ring and leak off connection between packing

for Gate, Globe, Butterfly, etc. c) Single packing for small sized valves. The bellows used in Bellows sealed valves shall be compatible with the operating conditions stated on the valve specification sheets. The bellows shall be guaranteed for a minimum cycle life of ten thousand (10,000) full stem travel operations at the stated maximum service conditions (One cycle is fully open to fully closed to fully open condition). The requirements for inspection and testing of the bellows are defined in Section 6.5. For all bellows-sealed valves a single packing back up gland shall be provided. This back up gland shall be capable of sealing against the maximum service conditions stated in the valve specification sheet. The packing material shall be as defined in the valve specification sheets. As an aid in the detection of ruptured bellows, a screwed plug with tapered pipe thread shall be provided between the bellows and the back-up packing gland. The plug shall be provided with a V notch for detecting any leakage without having to remove the plug completely. Double gland packing, when specified, shall consist of an inner packing separated from the outer packing by means of a spacer of lantern ring.

The inner packing and the outer packing shall independently be capable of sealing against maximum service pressures.




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

A single 6 mm NPT (Female) tapped hole shall be provided to the lantern ring leak-off cavity. Alternate leak-off connection arrangements are subject to the approval of Purchaser. The lantern ring shall have at least two blind holes drilled and tapped for # 8-32 screws. These holes shall be located in the top face 180 degrees apart. If split rings are used, each half shall have two such holes. These holes will accommodate a tool for removal of the lantern ring. For all valves, the stem gland packing shall be subject to the approval of Purchaser. In order to ensure that no torsion load is transmitted to the bellows which in turn could damage the bellows, suitable anti-rotation device with very critical tolerances shall be incorporated in the valve design. Twisting of the bellows must not exceed 15 minutes of arc. The stem sealing arrangement shall be suitable for pressure, vacuum and temperature range stated on the valve specification sheet.

Where specified in valve specification sheets, the valve gland packing shall be provided with live loading arrangement.

5.2.6 Back Seats

Unless specifically excluded in valve specification sheet, all valves shall be provided with back seats.

5.2.7 Threaded Fasteners

The material used for all pressure bearing threaded fasteners shall conform to following, unless otherwise specified.

a) Bolts & studs : ASTM A 193 Gr. B7 b) Nuts : ASTM A 194 Gr. 2H

All threads shall be unified series screw threads and shall conform to ISO equivalent to ANSI B 1.1. All threaded pressure retaining fasteners shall be provided with corrosion resistant positive locking devices. Frictional locking devices are not acceptable. All CS fasteners shall be phosphated.

5.2.8 Valve Position Indicators

All valves other than rising spindle types, shall be provided with valve position indicators marked to show open and shut position. For valves with operators the position indicator may be provided on the operator.




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

5.3 Interchangeability

Components and spare parts of valves, operators, actuators etc. shall be mutually interchangeable among valves of one size, and elsewhere to the maximum practical extent.

5.4 Valve Marking and Identification

The following data concerning the valve shall be shown on the valve or the valve name plate. 1) Manufacturer's name, year of manufacture. 2) Valve rating, pressure and temperature. 3) Body size 4) Body material 5) Type The following data concerning the actuator shall be shown. The actuator name plate may be combined with the valve name plate.

1) Manufacturer's name, year of manufacture. 2) Size 3) Serial number 4) Type 5) Air supply pressure (maximum air pressure for operation) 6) Details of electric motors for electric actuators. For diaphragm valves, diaphragm shall have a projection showing valve size and material of the diaphragm and year of manufacture. Each valve shall be attached with an identification tag with corrosion resistant wire. The identification tag shall show purchase order no. and valve identification as per the Tender Document. The same number shall appear on any loose accessory component packaged and shipped with the valve.

5.5 Requirement for Valve Operators 5.5.1 General

All operators shall be provided with hand wheels for manual operation. The general arrangement of the valve and the operator shall be suitable to handle fluids at the temperature specified on the valve specification sheet. The main air supply provided is clean, oil free, dry air (-200C dew point). The supply air pressure available is 7.0 Kg/cm2(g).

The design and selection of individual operators will be such as to ensure




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

a) For spring and diaphragm or spring and piston types

1) That the valves will fully stroke with a pressure of not more than 60% of supply pressure i.e. 4.0 Kg/cm2 (g), in the direction requiring increasing pressure and

2) That the valve will fully stroke with a pressure of not less than 15% of supply pressure i.e. 1.05 Kg/cm2 (g), in the direction requiring decreasing pressure.

b) For double acting types; That the valve will fully stroke in both directions with a differential pressure across the piston of the operator of not more than 60% of the supply pressure i.e. [4.0 Kg/cm2 (g)].

c) For valves supplied with positioners, the requirements of (a) and (b) above shall

be met without being limited by the positioners.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the intent is to provide operators as small and compact as possible. All pneumatic operators shall be adequate to withstand the full supply air pressure. All operators shall be sized to open or close the valve with a differential pressure across the valve equal to 1.1 times of specified maximum pressure at inlet unless stated otherwise on the valve specification sheet. The Contractor shall state the actual operator pressures required for each valve on the pertinent valve drawing(s). This is to enable the purchaser to procure a suitable filter and/or pressure regulator for the actuator. The operator action shall be as indicated on the valve specification sheet (air to open, air to close or double acting). Within this limitation the pneumatic operator may be spring and diaphragm, spring and piston or double acting piston or diaphragm whichever is the most suitable for the specified conditions. The valve stem extension and/or the push rod from the operator shall be guided or otherwise devised to prevent rotation. However, the guide should not interfere with the smooth operation of the valve. The air supply pressure connection to the actuator shall be 6 mm NPT. All actuators shall be functionally tested for operation at their respective operating and maximum line pressure and opening and closing time shall be noted in all cases. All actuators shall be suitable for a life period of 40 years at the specified service conditions.

5.5.2 Pneumatic Piston Operators

Pneumatic piston operator shall conform to all the general requirements of Section 5.5.1 above.




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

Where pneumatic piston operators are specified, the actuator shall consist of a honed cylinder and piston assembly. Operators shall be provided with self lubricated piston rings and stem seals. The piston shall be adequately supported to provide direct linear-motion. Where an air supply failure position is noted on the valve specification sheet, a loading spring shall be provided. The length of the cylinder shall not be excessively greater than that required to satisfy the stroke requirement. The design of the operator and/or the main seat(s) and back seat if such exists, shall be adequate to withstand the impact load which may occur under the maximum velocity of the valve stem resulting from the maximum accelerating force available. The ‘O’ ring seal material shall be EPDM.

5.5.3 Pneumatic Diaphragm Operators

Pneumatic diaphragm operators shall conform to all the general requirements of Section 5.5.1 above. Diaphragm material shall be EPDM with hardness of shore ‘A’ Durometer of 60 to 70. Diaphragm shall be adequately reinforced to withstand full supply air pressure to the actuator.

5.5.4 Electrical Operators

For electrically operated valves, requirements shall be governed by NPCIL specification no. PB-E-103 – ‘Motor Driven Operators for Valves’.

5.5.5 Instrumentation accessories 5.5.5.1 Limit Switches for Valve Position Indication

When called for in the Valve Specification Sheet (VSS), adjustable limit switch contacts shall be provided as follows: 1 or 2 nos. - Form C contact (as specified in the VSS) to actuate in the region of the closed position; Contact actuation to be adjustable from full closed to at least half open. 1 or 2 nos. - Form C contact (as specified in the VSS) to actuate in the region of the open position; Contact actuation to be adjustable from fully open to at least half closed. The above limit switches should be suitable for 1 ampere (resistive) at 24 V DC. Switches should be enclosed in weather proof enclosures conforming to at least IP-65 requirements as per IS-13947. The number of contacts for open/close position shall be




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

as per VSS. Contact resistance of limit switches shall not be more than 100 milli ohms. Insulation resistance of limit switches shall be better than 100 mega ohms at 100 V DC, when tested at ambient conditions. Limit switches shall be suitable for 20 X 106 operations and shall have EPDM as gasket / O-ring material. All rubber parts in limit switch assembly shall be made of EPDM. Each terminal of limit switch shall have ample wiring space for connecting at least 2.5 mm single copper conductor, pre-insulated wire. For taking electrical connections, a double compression cable gland shall be provided meeting leak tightness requirements under external steam pressure of 0.72 kg/cm2(g) at temperature of 72 deg. C for a duration of at least 30 minutes. Cable termination shall be suitable for passing double compression cable gland having ½” NPT male connection i.e. Limit Switch assembly shall have ½” NPT female connection. The mounting of the limit switches or limit switch actuating mechanism shall be such as to permit smooth continuous adjustment and exact fixing of the switch actuating point. The design of the actuating mechanism shall permit the adjustment of switch over travel without disturbing the valve. The limit switch should be rigidly mounted on the valve such that it does not get disturbed by pipe line vibrations. Contact wiring details shall be shown in the manufacturer’s drawings in the form of detailed wiring diagram.

5.5.5.2 Position transmitters for valve position indication

Whenever specified in VSS, position transmitters shall be provided for remote position indication of the valve stem. The position transmitter shall meet the following requirements: i) Enclosure ; IP-65 & above as per IS:13947 ii) Output signal : 4 to 20 mA iii) Supply voltage : 28 V DC iv) Accuracy : + 1% of calibrated span (This shall include

linearity, hysteresis etc.) v) Long term stability : + 1% of upper range limit for six months vi) Rangeability : 2:1 or better as per manufacturer’s

recommendation vii) Zero adjustment : 2% or better as per manufacturer’s

recommendation viii) Load impedance : 600 ohms ix) Gasket / O-ring material : EPDM x) Conduit connection : ½” NPT connection xi) Insulation resistance : Better than 100 M Ohms at 100 V DC at

ambient conditions xii) Casing finish : Epoxy finish




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

5.6 Operating Requirements for Control Valves 5.6.1 General Requirements

The tests specified in paragraphs 5.6.2 and 5.6.3 of this subsection shall be performed with the stem packing adjustment not altered from that required to pass the hydrostatic test, the air leak test and helium leak test specified in article 6 of this specification. Full range electrical input signals, shall be 4-20 milliamperes DC. Where input signal to the positioner is expressed in percentage on the valve specification sheet, this is to be taken as percentage of input signal span, as defined in Sub-Section 5.6.2. The positioner shall be either pneumatic-pneumatic unit, or an electro-pneumatic unit. The positioner or converter - positioner combination shall be suitable for split range or suppressed range applications such that the positioner is able to fully stroke the valve for an input of 30 to 100 percent of signal span with this span located anywhere within the signal range. The required input signal ranges are stated on the valve specification sheet. The converter, if required, is not a part of this specification. The Contractor shall provide and mount the necessary inter-connections for the positioner. Tubing connections shall be made using 10 mm or larger copper tubing and suitable tube fittings. The Contractor shall calibrate the completed assembly. Where indicated on the valve specification sheet, control valves shall be characterized to provide the required valve stem position to input signal relationship. The characterizing may be done by shaping the internal valve trim and/or by a characterizing positioner.

5.6.2 Static Performance Test, Control Valves

The fully assembled control valve shall be tested to demonstrate conformity with the requirements stated herein. All control valves, with or without positioner shall meet the following requirements.

a) The dead band shall be less than 0.5 percent of the input span. b) The hysteresis shall be less than 0.5 percent of the output span. c) The inaccuracy of positioning of the valve shall be less than 1 percent of span. d) If (a) and (b) are not separated during testing the combined dead band and

hysteresis shall not exceed 1.0 percent. 5.6.3 Dynamic Performance Test, Control Valves

If called for in valve specification sheet this test is required as given in Section 5.6.3 & 5.6.4. The valve, when provided with a pneumatic - penumatic positioner, shall utilize an electro-pneumatic signal converter during the test.




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

The fully assembled control valve shall be tested in accordance with recommendations of ISA - S26 to demonstrate conformity with the requirements stated herein. The test procedure shall be submitted by the Contractor and shall be subject to the approval by Purchaser prior to commencement of this test. All control valves shall meet the following minimum requirements:-

Magnitude Response Phase Response - 3 db 1 cps - 450 0.5 cps - 10 db 3 cps - 900 1.5 cps

In addition, the response curves shall not indicate any resonance which results in the magnitude response increasing within - 3 db of unity gain (0 db) at any frequency greater than that at which the response first drops below - 3 db. The response at any frequency shall not exceed + 3 db and the phase margin shall be not less than 30 degree when the magnitude response is 0 db. A volume booster may be used to satisfy the above requirement providing stable operation can be achieved. In addition, where specified on the valve specification sheet, certain control valves shall have a response superior to the above requirements.

5.6.4 Definition of Terms associated with Control Valves General

The following definitions of terms associated with static performance shall apply to measures of tolerances for equipment supplied to this specification.

Accuracy Rating The accuracy rating of the device is the limit which the sum of all errors will not exceed when the device is used under any combination of rated operating conditions. It is expressed as a percent of output span (SAMA-RC-20). Dead Band Dead band is the range through which an input can be varied without initiating response. Hysteresis Hysteresis shall be defined as the difference between output position (or signals) for input signals which alternatively come to the same value from increasing and decreasing signals.




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

6.0 EXAMINATION AND TESTING 6.1 General

The Manufacturer shall be responsible for and shall provide for and perform all the examination and testing specified herein. Examination and testing shall be conducted as per Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) duly approved by Purchaser. Suggested QAP for Bellows Seal Globe Valve is attached as Annexure – 2. The manufacturer shall prepare QAP for respective valve in similar format meeting the specification requirements and shall submit for Purchaser’s approval. The Purchaser and his authorized agencies shall have access to contractor's premises at all reasonable times to the extent necessary to assess compliance with the provisions of this specification. The Purchaser shall also have the right to conduct at his expense any additional examination or testing he deems necessary.

6.2 Examination on Test Failure

In the event of a failure of a valve or any part thereof to meet fully the examination or test requirements specified herein, the Contractor shall obtain permission from Purchaser before repair or subsequent use of such equipment or part. If the repair including redesign are likely to effect the results of tests or work previously completed, appropriate re-examination and re-testing shall be conducted. Permission from Purchaser is not required to perform weld repair on castings. However, a report shall be made on casting repairs describing the location and extent of repairs on each casting.

6.3 Material Tests

All materials designated as in accordance with an ASME/ASTM specification shall be subject to all mill tests for chemical and physical properties as required by the appropriate ASME/ASTM Specifications. Proof in the form of certified test reports or mill certificates that the required tests have been carried out at the source will be acceptable with proper co-relation, but if these are not available, the tests shall be performed by Contractor.

6.4 NDT Requirements

Refer Table-I for NDT requirements of valve components.

6.4.1 Radiographic Examination

a) Castings and Welds

The radiography shall be carried out in conformation with applicable ASME Section III Code and NPCIL’s specifications Nos. PP-E-1211 and PP-E-1212, on pressure retaining castings, welds and weld repairs. (Refer Table I).




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

6.4.2 Liquid Penetrant Examination

Before assembly of the valve, the following components shall be subjected to Liquid Penetrant Examination

a) All external and accessible internal surfaces of the pressure bearing parts of the

body and bonnet (where these surfaces have been previously inspected by the manufacturer of the castings or forgings, such inspection need not be repeated except in areas which have been subsequently machined). Bellows and its welds are also subjected to Liquid Penetrant Examination.

b) The complete surface area of valve discs or gates including the facings. c) Complete surface area of the stem. d) Hard facing of the seats and back seats e) All pressure retaining studs, bolts and nuts (the examination shall be performed

after threading). f) The butt weld edge preparations. g) All weld repairs.

Liquid Penetrant Examination shall be performed in accordance with the procedure specified in Article 6 of ASME Section V Code and NPCIL’s specification No. PP-E-1209.

a) Cleaning agents, penetrant and developers shall not contain sulphur and halogen

more than 25 ppm each. b) All traces of penetrant and developer shall be removed from the work on

completion of inspection. c) The temperature of the area to be inspected shall be between 100C and 400C. d) The acceptance standard shall be:

i) Valve seats including back seats and valve stems shall be defect free. ii) For other areas, all indications shall be evaluated in terms of the acceptance

standards of the referencing Code Section, as mentioned in the VSS. (iii) Broad areas of fluorescence or pigmentation which could mask indications

of discontinuities are unacceptable, and such areas shall be cleaned and re-examined.




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

6.4.3 Ultrasonic Examination

Pressure retaining parts made of forgings and bar materials (Refer Table I) shall be examined by ultrasonic method. The examination procedure and acceptance standard shall be in accordance with ASME Code Section III and NPCIL’s specification Nos. PP-E-1213 and PP-E-1214.

6.5 Examination and Testing of Bellows

In addition to the examinations stipulated for bellows in section 6.4.2, the following examination and testing shall be carried out.

a) Following the forming of the convolutions each bellows shall be subjected to a

hydrostatic test. The test pressure shall not be less than 1.5 times the maximum pressure indicated for service conditions on the valve specification sheets, and shall be maintained for minimum period of 5 minutes. Any leakage shall be cause for rejection.

b) The completed bellows assembly shall be subjected to helium leak test as

described in Section 6.11. c) A minimum of two complete bellows assemblies from each production group

shall be cycled to failure at the pressure and temperature conditions stated on the valve specification sheet to demonstrate conformity with the guaranteed minimum cycle life required (10,000).

The examination and testing procedure shall be subjected to the approval of Purchaser.

6.6 Hydrostatic Test and Air Leak Test 6.6.1 Body and Bonnet Castings Hydrotest

All valve body and bonnet castings shall be tested after machining to the hydrostatic shell test pressure of 30 Kg/cm2g for 10 minutes. The casting shall show no leak.




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

TABLE-I : NDT REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE COMPONENTS

S. No.

Valve Component Type of material ASME SEC III SUB-SECTION NB ASME SEC III SUB-SECTION NB ASME SEC III SUB-SECTION NB

UT RT LPE/MPE UT RT LPE/MPE UT RT LPE/MPE

Casting - ü ü -- ü ü - ü ü 1.

*Body, bonnet, body connector, plug, disc, covers, seat ring (for all sizes of valves Forging/bar ü - ü - - ü - - ü

2. Stem & hinge pin Bar ü

(>30mm dia)

- ü - - ü - - ü

3. Fasteners (Studs, nuts, bolts) Bar

ü (>50mm

dia) -

ü (>25mm

dia) - - - - - -

4. Bellows seam weld Sheet/tube - - ü - - ü - - ü

5. Full penetration welds - ü ü - ü ü - ü ü

ü : Required UT : Ultrasonic examination RT : Radiographic examination - : Not required / Not applicable LPE : Liquid penetrant examination MPE : Magnetic particle examination

1) All CS items shall be MP examined. If it is difficult to carry out MPE, LPE shall be carried out on CS items subject to prior approval of purchaser. 2) *Examination of pressure retaining components under S.No. 1 shall be for all sizes and the extent of examination will be as per the applicable class viz. NB/NC/ND. 3) Chemical and physical tests for materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of material specifications.

Impact test when required by the applicable code (ASME Section III Sub-section NB/NC/ND) will also be done and the lowest service temperature of +18oC may be taken. 4) Other items not listed (such as yokes, handwheels etc. shall be as per material specification & manufacturer’s standards. 5) Wherever no size limitation is given in the columns of above table examination of all sizes is required. 6) All valves shall be considered as special class valves as per ASME B 16.34.




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

6.6.2 Hydrostatic Body and Seat Leak Test

Unless otherwise specified the hydrostatic body and seat leak test (including back seat test) shall be carried out on each valve in accordance with ASME B16.34 except that the duration of the test shall not be less than 10 minutes for body and 5 minutes or 3 minutes (as specified in VSS) for seat leak test. The seat leakage shall not exceed 2 cc per hour per centimeter diameter of nominal valve size. For Butterfly valves, the seat leak test shall be performed in accordance to FCI 70-2 and the leak rate shall not exceed the minimum specified leakage rates for Class-V of FCI 70-2. For diaphragm valves, hydrostatic body test shall be performed in full open position of valve at test pressure of 21 Kg/cm2 (g) for 10 minutes. Before hydro test, air shall be evacuated from the valve. All bonnet bolts should be tightened until all leakage around bonnet flange ceases. Valve body shall show no leakage. Hydro seat test also shall be carried out at pressures specified in the valve specification sheets. In addition to the above, V-notch plug shall be removed. There shall be no leak at V-notch plug connection.

6.6.3 Gland Packing Hydrotest

During the hydrostatic testing of the shell, the inner and outer gland packing shall be tested separately to ascertain the effectiveness of the gland sealing arrangement. The stem sealing gland shall be tested as follows and shall meet the requirements stated herein. For testing the inner packing, the back seat if provided shall be removed from contact and the full hydrostatic test pressure shall be applied on the packing for a period not less than 5 minutes minimum. The plug shall be positioned at mid stroke. The leak-off connection shall be checked and no leakage past the inner-packing shall be permitted. On bellows sealed valves; the back up packing shall be removed for this test. The bellows shall be visually checked and no leakage shall be permitted. The test shall be conducted with clean filtered (preferably demineralised) water free of halogen. However, the design adequacy of back-up packing for bellows sealed valves shall be proved by a type test on a maximum size valve. The bellows shall be removed for this test and stem shall be positioned at mid stroke. The duration of the test shall not be less than 15 days and valve shall be subject to a minimum test pressure of 20 kg/cm2(g). The valve shall be operated once per day but not back seated. The leakage amount shall be measured at 24 hr interval and shall not exceed 1.15 gms/day/ cm of stem circumference. To test the outer packing of double packed valves, the leak-off connections between the inner and outer packing shall be pressurised for a period not less than 5 minutes to the maximum service pressure stated on the valve specification sheet. Under the above condition, there shall be no leakage past the outer packing.




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

6.6.4 Back Seat Hydrotest

The back seat shall be tested as under. With the gland packing removed and the stem back seated, the leakage shall not exceed 10 cc/hr. at a pressure not less than pressure rating of valve at 380C.

6.6.5 Acceptance Standard for Hydrotest

Power operated valves shall be operated 5 to 6 times under full design pressure prior to seat leakage test. At the maximum rated service pressure, seat leakage shall not exceed 2 cc per hour per cm nominal size valve. During this test, conformance to Section 5.5.1 of this specification shall also be demonstrated. For Butterfly valves the seat leakage rate for hydro seat test shall meet the requirement Class V of FCI 70-2. For check valves in addition to hydrostatic seat test as above a seat leakage test at 25% of the maximum service pressure stated on individual valve specification sheets shall also be carried out. Leakage shall not exceed 4 cc per hour per cm nominal valve size.

6.6.6 Air Leak Body Test

Where specified in the valve specification sheet an air leak test of the body shall be performed on the complete valve including the stem seal. Prior to performance of this test, the valve shall be thoroughly drained, blown with air and dried at a temperature of 800C for 15 minutes while being purged with a flow of dry air. This test shall be performed subsequent to the hydrostatic test. Test shall consists of the application of dry oil free air to internal pressure of 5.6 Kg/cm2(g) with the valve in partially open position and submerged in water or alternatively a soap solution may be used to coat the outside of the valve body. The duration of the test shall not less than 10 minutes. Leakage in the form of bubbles shall be a cause for rejection.

6.6.7 Air Leak Seat Test

Where specified on the valve specification sheet, the valve shall be tested for air leakage across the seat. An air pressure shall be applied on the underside of the valve seat with the valve seating surface in a horizontal plane and in closed position. The other side of the valve seat shall be filled with water at atmospheric pressure. The air test pressure shall be 5.6 kg/cm2(g). The duration of the test shall be not less than 5 or 3 minutes (as specified in VSS). The maximum permissible leakage rate on each seat shall be 1/20 of a standard cubic feet of specified gas per hour per inch of diameter nominal valve size. This test shall be conducted subsequent to hydrostatic test.

6.7 Air Leak Seat Test for Diaphragm Valves

Where specified on the valve specification sheet, the valve shall be tested for air leakage across the seat. This test shall be conducted after hydrostatic body test. Prior to this test, the valve shall be drained and thoroughly dried by blowing air.




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

The test consists of the application of dry oil free air at a pressure of 14 Kg/cm2(g) to one side of the valve seat with valve seating surface in a horizontal plane and valve in closed position. The other side of a valve seat shall be connected to a tube. The other end of the tube shall be immersed in water. Pressure shall be maintained for a minimum of 3 minutes. The leakage in form of bubbles shall be cause for the rejection of valve. No leakage is permitted at the seat or between body and bonnet flanges. After completion of seat leakage test, and depressurization of valve, adjustable travel stops shall be set and air leak test shall be carried out again. In case no seat leakage is observed, adjustable stops shall be locked with a locking nut.

The above mentioned test pressure is for hand operated valves only. Pneumatically actuated valves shall be tested at the maximum service pressure for that particular combination of valve and actuator.

6.8 Sealed Bonnet Air Leak Test for Diaphragm Valve

All sealed bonnet assemblies shall be leak tested to ensure integrity and function of 'O' ring seal. With valve in closed position, air at a pressure of 12 Kg/cm2(g) shall be applied through V-notch plug hole on the bonnet. Pressure shall be maintained for 10 minutes. The valve shall be immersed in water. Any leakage through the 'O' ring of the bonnet as noticed by air bubbles in water, shall be cause for rejection of the valve.

6.9 Vacuum hold test for Diaphragm valves

Wherever required (as per VSS), vacuum test shall be conducted on diaphragm valves as per the following procedure to establish the quality of diaphragm so that it retains the necessary mechanical and chemical integrity to successfully perform in the vacuum environment. Diaphragm valves shall be tested as per the procedure given below :

6.9.1 Vacuum Flexing Test

The purpose of this test is to establish the quality of diaphragm as manufactured in each batch, so that it retains the necessary mechanical and chemical integrity to successfully perform in the vacuum environment. The test shall be conducted by mounting the valve on the vacuum testing machine and maintain a vacuum at 10-2 Torr (abs.). Carry out 1200 cycles of full opening and closing of the diaphragm valve under the above mentioned vacuum.

After the above mentioned cycling test, dismantle the valve and carry out visual examination of the diaphragm for any deterioration or defects like cracks, lack of bonding, stud bonding or any other imperfection.

On successful completion of the above mentioned cycling test and visual examination, this particular batch of diaphragms sha ll be considered acceptable.




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

In case the diaphragm fails during the vacuum flexing test or subsequent visual examination, carry out vacuum flexing and visual tests on two more diaphragms from the same batch. If both the diaphragms are successfully tested, the batch of diaphragms shall be considered acceptable.

In case any one of the diaphragms fails during vacuum flexing and visual examination, the whole batch of the diaphragms shall be rejected.

Once a particular batch of diaphragm is successfully tested, each individual valve, having acceptable diaphragm, shall be tested as per the approved drawing.

6.9.2 Vacuum Body / Seat Test

The vacuum body / seat test shall be carried out as follows. With a combination of rotary and diffusion pumps, evacuate the va lve to 10-4 to 10-5 mm Hg (abs) pressure. Spray acetone on the entire outer surface of the valve.

If there is any leakage, the volatile liquid will be absorbed inside the valve, which will evaporate showing a sudden and clear indication of increase in pressure on the penning vacuum gauge attached to the test system. The valve shall be accepted only if there is no indication of abrupt change of pressure on the vacuum gauge.

6.10 Air Leak Test for Air Motors

An air leak test shall be performed on air actua tor assembly after completion of seat leakage test. Air pressure (as mentioned in VSS) shall be applied to the pressure side of the air motor for 5 minutes. Using soap bubble or water submergence test, there shall be no leak.

6.11 Helium Leak Body Test

Subsequent to the hydrostatic test, a helium leak body test shall be performed on each fully assembled valve except that the back-up packing on bellows seal valves shall remain removed. Prior to this test, the valve shall be thoroughly drained, air blown or wiped to remove free water, and dried at a temperature of 1000C for 2 hours. Vacuum-hood technique shall be used for helium leak body test.

With the valve nearly full open and back seat removed from contact, the shell shall be connected to vacuum pump and vacuum created in the valve. Valve shall be put in polythene hood. This hood shall be filled with helium gas such that final gas content is at least 50% helium. Leakage rates through metal or welds at any point shall not exceed 10E-06 Standard cubic centimeters per second. Leak detection shall be by means of approved detector. The detector shall have a sensitivity to detect actual leakage rate of 10E-07 Standard cubic centimeter per second from a single leak site on the job by using a proper technique. This sensitivity shall be demonstrated with the help of a standard leak source. Any leakage exceeding 10E-04 Standard cc/sec from the inner gasket shall not be acceptable. The leakage of outer gasket in a double gasketted joints shall be checked




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

by pressur ising the inter-gasket space with helium at 1 Kg/cm2 for minimum 1 hr. and sniffing from outside the joint. Total leakage through gasket shall not exceed 10E-04 Standard cubic centimeter per second. Gaskets such as flexitallic which require wetting to test properly may be helium leak tested prior to drying of the equipment. The stem gland packing shall not be subjected to the helium leak test excepting in the case of bellows sealed valves where the leakage past the bellows shall not exceed 10E-06 cc/second. Prior to final assembly, the bellows assembly consisting of bonnet, bellows, stem and welds thereof shall be subjected to helium leak testing. Details of the helium leak test shall be subjected to the approval of Purchaser.

6.12 Functional Testing

All manual and power operated valves shall be subjected to functional qualification test at the design service pressure as stated on the individual valve specification sheet. Each manually operated valve shall be fully stroked 5 times in each direction and checked for smooth operation and acceptance performance. Before testing all power operated valves shall be fully calibrated including setting of limit switches, mechanical stoppers, position indication etc. as applicable. During valve operation, the limit switch setting shall also be checked. Operating air supply shall be used with limits as indicated in para 5.5.1 of this specification. Power operated valves shall be operated with actuator with the help of motive power and performance to be checked. The opening and closing time of valves to be recorded.

6.13 Examination of Product

The completed valve shall be examined to determine its conformance with this specification with respect to material, workmanship, finish, markings and dimensions and to assess its conformance with other requirements stated or reasonably implied and not covered by specific test.

6.14 Cleanliness

The inside surface of the valve shall be degreased and then flushed with clean filtered water (preferably demineralised). The surface shall be visibly clean. The degreasing agent and detergent used for cleaning shall not contain more than 25 ppm of halogen and sulphur each.

7.0 DOCUMENTATION

The supplier shall submit to the purchaser catalogues, procedures, drawings, design calculations and analysis reports, test and inspection reports, test certificates, certificates of compliance as specified below:

7.1 Catalogues

Five copies of relevant catalogues shall be submitted to the purchaser.




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

7.2 Procedures

Six (6) copies of the following shall be submitted for approval by the purchaser.

a) Any procedure other than those specified herein and any deviation from the procedures specified herein.

b) QAP

c) Welding and weld repair procedure.

d) Heat treatment procedure

e) Liquid penetrant examination procedure

f) Radiographic examination procedure

g) Ultrasonic examination procedure

h) Hydro body and seat test procedure

i) Air leak body and seat test procedure

j) Helium leak body test procedure

k) Air leak sealed bonnet test procedure for diaphragm valves

l) Leakage test of air motors for power operated valves

m) Static and dynamic performance test procedure for control valves

n) Bellows cycle test procedure for bellows sealed valves.

o) Manufacturing sequence plan

p) Seismic analysis & test procedure, where applicable. 7.3 Drawings

Six copies of drawings showing valve construction, materials and dimensions shall be submitted for purchaser's approval. Subsequent to final approval, reproducibles of the drawings shall be submitted.

7.4 Inspection and Test Reports and Analysis Report

Six copies of the inspection and test reports and analysis reports for the tests and analysis carried out shall be submitted to the purchaser.

7.5 Test Certificates or Certificates of Compliance

Six copies of mill test certificates or certified tests reports shall be submitted for the materials. For standard stock items, manufacturer's certification is acceptable. Certificate of compliance shall be submitted for diaphragm material.




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

7.6 Instruction Manual

A bound manual in 10 copies, containing installation, operating and maintenance instructions, parts list, and dimensioned drawings shall be submitted.

8.0 PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT

All valves shall be prepared for shipment in accordance with the instructions stated below: The interior of the valve shall be clean and dry. All exterior finished or machined carbon steel surfaces shall be protected against corrosion with a liberal coating of an approved and easily removable compound. All machined surfaces shall be protected against mechanical damage. All exterior unfinished carbon steel surfaces shall be painted with one coat of suitable paint to be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, approved by Purchaser. Stainless steel surfaces shall not be painted. All openings shall be adequately sealed. Flanged openings shall be covered with a 20 mm thick plywood blank flange held in place with four bolts and sealed with a blank gasket of natural rubber or equivalent.

Butt weld openings shall be closed with wooden, plastic or sheet metal covers fitted with gaskets and sealed with an approved and easily removable sealing compound. The covers shall be securely attached by internal and external clamps or other approved means so that they will not be dislodged by rough handling during shipping. Attachment of covers using an adhesive tape alone is not acceptable. Internally threaded pipe connections shall be plugged with a threaded metal plug sealed with Teflon thread tape 0.012 mm thick or approved equal. No thread lubricant shall be used. Externally threaded pipe connections shall be similarly protected with caps and thread tape. All components shall be tropical export packed, suitably boxed and protected from damage in transit to the site in India. Equipment shall be prepared for a transit period exceeding two months.

The construction and lining of the boxes shall provide protection for their contents. The packaging shall also satisfy the requirement of the ocean, shipping agency etc. and shall include adequate cushioning, blocking, bracing, skidding, hoisting and the tie down provisions. The packaging shall be subjected to the approval of Purchaser.




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

ANNEXURE – 1

SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF VALVES 1.0 GATE VALVES

The valves shall conform to the requirements of ASME Section III NB/NC and ASME B16.34.

1.1 To facilitate the application of constant load on the gland packing, a live loading

arrangement in the form of disc springs on the gland follower shall be provided, if indicated on the valve specification sheet. Load vs. deflection curve shall be submitted to the Purchaser.

The large size (100 mm NB and above) gate valves are required to operate under critical conditions and hence the design shall be chosen to have the highest reliability for performance. Under isolated conditions the valves shall be capable of providing highest seat leak tightness. All valves shall be provided with back seats. The hold-up volume inside the valve and the pressure drop across the fully opened valve shall be as minimum as practicable. The contractor shall indicate the values. The design analysis and testing of these large size valves shall meet the requirements of ASME Section III NB/NC. The valves shall also be capable of operating during accident condition. The worst ambient conditions during the accident shall be steam at 1.6 Kg/cm2g at a temperature of 169oC and R.H. 100%.

2.0 BUTTERFLY VALVES

The valves shall conform to the requirements of ASME Section III-NB/ NC and ANSI B16.34. The valves shall be of wafer type with flexible metal seats and the design shall be such that a good amount of seating pressure is achieved by the disc even along the axis of the shaft. For low pressure application 'O' ring stem packings may be provided, however, for high pressure application the stem packings shall be provided with live loading arrangement. The valves shall be capable of operating during accident conditions. The worst ambient condition during the accident shall be steam at 1.6 Kg/cm2g at a temperature of 169 oC and RH 100%. Closing and opening time for the valves and also the curve for Cv Vs degree of disc opening shall be submitted.

3.0 BELLOWS SEALED GLOBE VALVES

The valves shall conform to the requirements of ASME Section III NC and ASME B 16.34.




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

All pressure retaining components, valve body and disc shall be 100% liquid penetrant examined. All trim materials shall be 100% liquid penetrant examined.

4.0 DIAPHRAGM VALVES

The body and bonnet castings of the diaphragm valves shall be made by investment casting process. The valves shall have bolted bonnets. For hand operated valves, bonnet shall be indicating type. In the case of indicating type bonnets, adjustable travel stop shall be provided to limit stem travel. This is to avoid over compression of diaphragm on the body weir. The indicating stem shall be threaded to take a stop nut and a lock nut. Bonnets should be pack less (no gland packing) and be sealed with EPDM rubber. Positive support of diaphragm (to protect from ballooning) against high line pressure and line pressure surges shall be provided by alternate fingers of compressor and finger plate in valves 25 mm NB to 50 mm NB inclusive and by fingers cast with the bonnet in larger sizes. Bonnets shall be equipped with V notch plug to permit checking diaphragm integrity without valve disassembly. The diaphragm material shall be as mentioned in individual valve specification sheet. For straightway valves conical diaphragm shall be used to provide extra stretch. Diaphragm and ‘O’ ring seals shall have a minimum design life of 20,000 full stroke cycles and shall be of EPDM material. Diaphragm shall have strong adherence to the reinforcing fabric and the stud head. Diaphragm shall have shore A durometer of 60 to 80. One diaphragm from each batch shall be subjected to a flexing test of 5000 cycles and the diaphragm shall be examined visually for any deterioration, cracks etc. and also by hydro seat leak tests. This diaphragm after testing shall be discarded. The supplier shall mark each diaphragm with the batch No. and the date of manufacture of the diaphragm to facilitate identification. Spare diaphragm supplied should have high shelf life. The contractor should indicate shelf life of diaphragm used and also give instructions/precautions for storage. Hydro test, air leak seat test, sealed bonnet air leak test, air leak test for motors and helium leak test for the diaphragm valves shall be as per clause nos. 6.6.2, 6.7, 6.8, 6.10 & 6.11 respectively. Wherever required by the referencing VSS, vacuum hold test shall also be carried out as per section 6.9.

5.0 SAFETY RELIEF VALVES

The valves shall be as per ASME Section III NC / ND. All tests covered in valve specification sheets shall be carried out on the safety relief valves.




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

6.0 CHECK VALVES

The design shall ensure perfect seating of disc with seat for zero differential pressure condition across the valve. In addition to high pressure hydro seat test, the check valves shall also be subject to hydro seat test at 25% of the maximum service pressure as per Section 6.6.5 herein.

7.0 GLOBE / NEEDLE VALVES The valves shall meet the requirements as specified in the valve specification sheets. 8.0 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES

The pressure regulators shall be spring loaded, diaphragm type and shall be pilot operated. Apart from hydrostatic and air body and seat tests, the valves shall be subjected to performance test i.e. pressure and flow regulation tests. The outlet pressure shall not vary more than + 1% from the set point for an inlet pressure variation of + 10%. General requirements for PRV shall be as per PC-E-263.




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

ANNEXURE – 2

SUGGESTED QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN FOR BELLOWS SEALED GLOBE VALVES 1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

The purpose of this Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) is to describe general practices, resources and sequence of activities (such as examination, testing, control, etc.) to be performed during the manufacture of valves. This is preliminary QAP and will be tailored by suitable additions, deletions or modifications keeping in mind the capability of the manufacturer. Accordingly “P” / “W” / “R” / “H” is to be decided by the Purchaser.

2.0 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS P - Performed by, W - Witnessed by, R - Reviewed by, H - Customer Hold Point

1 - NPCIL QS or his authorized agency 2 - Vendor QC 3 - External laboratory or Sub-Vendor QC

Minor - The characteristic of a component, process or operation whose failure neither materially reduces the usability of product in operation, nor does it affect the aesthetic

aspects.

Major - The characteristic of a component, process or operation whose failure may cause operation failure which can not be readily corrected at site or cause substandard performance, increased erection and maintenance cost, reduced life or seriously affect aesthetics.

Critical - The characteristic of a component, process or operation failure of which will surely cause operating failure or intermittent troubles which is difficult to rectify at site or render the unit unfit for use or cause safety hazards.

(“Failure” of characteristics means failure to meet the “acceptance norms”).




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009

ANNEXURE – 2 – Contd….

S. NO.

COMPONENT AND OPERATION

CHARACTERISTICS CLASS TYPE OF CHECK

QUANTUM OF

CHECK

REFERENCE DOCUMENT

ACCEPTANCE NORM

FORMAT OF RECORDS

AGENCY REMARKS

P W R H

1.0 INCOMING MATERIAL QUALITY CONTROL

1.1 FORGING BODY

COMPOSITION Major Chemical

Analysis One/Heat Approved Drg/

Specification Material Specifications

Test Certificate * 2/3 - 2,1 1 Hold for

verification only * : NPCIL approved lab certificate

HEAT TREATMENT Major Time, Temperature monitoring + IGC Test

100% Approved procedure/ specification

As per approved procedure/ spec.

HT Chart + IGC test report *

2/3 2 1 IGC test to be witnessed by NPCIL

STRENGTH Major Mech. Test One/Heat Approved Drg./ Specification

Applicable material Spec.

Test Certificate 2/3 2,1 - 1

SURFACE QUALITY

Major Visual 100% Approved drawing/spec.

As per approved spec.

Inspection Report 2/3 2 1 -

DIMENSION

Major Measurement 100% Approved Drg. Approved Drawing


LPE

Major NDE 100% Approved Procedure

As per Approved Procedure

Inspection Report 2/3 2,1 - 1




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009


S.

NO. COMPONENT AND

OPERATION CHARACTERISTICS CLASS TYPE OF CHECK

QUANTUM OF

CHECK

REFERENCE DOCUMENT

ACCEPTANCE NORM

FORMAT OF RECORDS AGENCY REMARKS

P W R H 1.2 CASTING

BODY POURING Major Witness 100% Applicable Spec. As per Applicable Spec.

Report 2/3 2 1 - In absence of integral test, NPC will

witness the test.

COMPOSITION Major Chemical Analysis

One/Heat Approved drawing/ Specification

As per Applicable Material Spec.

Test Certificate/ Spec.

2/3 - 2,1 1

HEAT TREATMENT

Major Time Temp. monitoring + IGC Test

100% Approved Procedure


HT Chart + IGC Report

2/3 2 1 -

STRENGTH Major Mech. Test One/Heat Approved Drawing/ Specification

As per Applicable Material Spec.

Test Certificate 2/3 2,1 - 1 In absence of

integral test, NPC will w itness the test.

SURFACE QUALITY

Major Visual 100% Approved Drg./ Spec.

As per Approved Drg./Spec.

Inspection Report 2/3 - 1 -

DIMENSION Major Measurement 100% Approved Drawing As per Approved Drawing

Inspection Report 2/3 - 1 -

LPE Major NDE 100% Approved Procedure


Test Report 2/3 2,1 - 1

1.3 BAR STOCKS BONNET, BODY

CONNECTOR, STEM, PLUG, SEAT

COMPOSITION (IGC Test)

Major Chemical Analysis

One/Heat Approved Drg./ Specification

As per material Spec.

Test Report 2/3 - 2,1

1




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009


S.

NO. COMPONENT AND


QUANTUM OF

CHECK

REFERENCE DOCUMENT

ACCEPTANCE NORM


P W R H MECHANICAL

PROPERTIES Major Mech. Test One/Heat Approved Drg./

Specification As per material Spec.

Test Report 2/3 2,1

- 1

LPE Major NDE 100% Approved Procedure

As per approved procedure


1.4 ACTUATOR (FOR MOTORISED VALVES ONLY)

1.4.1 ACTUATOR HOUSING COMPOSITION Major Chemical Analysis

One/Heat Approved Drg/ Specification

Material Specifications

Test Certificate 2/3 - 2,1 1




SURFACE QUALITY




DIMENSION



1.4.2 END CAP COMPOSITION Major Chemical Analysis

One/Heat Approved Drg/ Specification

Material Specifications

Test Certificate * 2/3 - 2,1 1




SURFACE QUALITY




DIMENSION






32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009


S.

NO. COMPONENT AND


QUANTUM OF

CHECK

REFERENCE DOCUMENT

ACCEPTANCE NORM


P W R H 1.4.3 DIAPHRAGM HARDNESS Major Mech. Test One/heat Approved Drg./

spec. As per material spec.

Test Certificate 2/3 2 1 -

STRENGTH Major Mech. Test One/heat Approved Drg./spec.

As per material spec.

Test Certificate 2/3 2,1 1 1

FLEX. TEST Major Mech. Test Sample / heat

Approved spec./ Procedure


Test Certificate 2/3 2,1 1 1

SURFACE QUALITY




1.4.4 SPRING COMPOSITION Major Chemical Analysis

One sample per batch

Approved Drg./ spec.


Test Certificate 2/3 2 2,1 -

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Major Mech. Test One sample per batch

Approved Drg./spec.


Test Report 2/3 2,1 1 1

COMPRESSION (LOAD DEFLECTION) TEST

Major Mech. Test 10% per batch

Approved Procedure


Test Report 2/3 2 1 -

SURFACE QUALITY




DIMENSION






32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009


S.

NO. COMPONENT AND


QUANTUM OF

CHECK

REFERENCE DOCUMENT

ACCEPTANCE NORM


P W R H 1.5 BELLOWS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION


One/Heat Approved Drg. / Specification

As per material spec./ applicable Spec.

Test Certificate 2/3 - 2,1

1

MECHANICAL Major Mech. Test One/Heat Approved Drg./ Specification



LPE (if welded) Before and after convolution

Critical NDE 100% Approved Procedure



RTE (if welded) Critical NDE 100% Approved Procedure


Test Report & Radiography report

2/3 2,1 - 1

CYCLIC TEST (for predetermined Cycles)

Major Type Test One/Lot/ Size

Approved Procedure



EXTERNAL PRESSURE TEST

Major Type Test 100% Approved Procedure



HYDRO TEST (after Cyclic Test)




HELIUM LEAK TEST (after Hydro Test)







32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009


S.

NO. COMPONENT AND


QUANTUM OF

CHECK

REFERENCE DOCUMENT

ACCEPTANCE NORM


P W R H FAILED CYCLES

TEST (after Cyclic Test)

Major Type Test One/Lot/ Size

Approved Procedure


Test Report 2/3 2,1 1 -

DIMENSION

Major Measurement 100% Approved Drg. As per Approved Drawing


1.6 STUDS, NUTS & BOLTS CHEMICAL COMPOSITION


100% Approved Drg./ Specification


Test Certificate 3 - 1

- From NPCIL approved LAB

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Major Mech. Test 100% Approved Drg./ Specification


Test Certificate 3 2,1

1 -

DIMENSION

Major Measurement 100% Approved Drawing As per Approved Drawing

Inspection Report 3 2 1 -

SURFACE QUALITY




HARDNESS Major Measurement Sampling 5%

Approved Drawing As per Approved Drawing

Inspection Report 3 2 1 -

1.7 GLAND PACKING VISUAL CHECK



Inspection Report 3 - 2,1 - Manufacturer’s TC/Compliance certificate to be

provided

1.8 GASKET & O-RINGS VISUAL CHECK



Inspection Report 3 - 2,1 - Manufacturer’s TC/Compliance certificate to be

provided




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009


S.

NO. COMPONENT AND


QUANTUM OF

CHECK

REFERENCE DOCUMENT

ACCEPTANCE NORM


P W R H 2.0 INPROCESS CONTROL

INSPECTION:

2.1 WELDING 2.1.1 WELDING PROCEDURE

QUALIFICATION WELDING PARAMETERS, MECH. & CHEM. PROPERTIES & SOUNDNESS OF WELD

Major Visual, NDE, Mech. & Chem.

100% Approved WPS As per applicable spec./ASME Section-IX

Procedure qualification record

and vendor’s record

2/3 2,1 - 1

2.1.2 WELDER’S PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

POSITION/ WELDERS’ QUALIFICATION

Major Visual, Etching, NDE & Mech.

100% Approved WPS & RTE procedure

Approved Procedure/ASME Section-IX

Test Report 2/3 2,1 1 1 Hold, if the

welder is other than qualified welder on procedure and

position. 2.2 MACHINING:

BODY, BONNET, BODY CONNECTOR

VISUAL & DIMENSION

Major Measurement 100% Approved Drawing As per Approved Drawing

Test Report 2/3 2 1 -

LPE(On Machined surfaces)

Major NDE 100% Approved Procedure



HARDNESS ON HARD FACED AREA

Major Physical test

One sample

each type

Approved Procedure


Test Report 2/3 2,1 - -




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009


S.

NO. COMPONENT AND


QUANTUM OF

CHECK

REFERENCE DOCUMENT

ACCEPTANCE NORM


P W R H LPE AFTER HARD

FACING Major LPE 100% Approved

Procedure As per approved procedure


SHELL TEST PRESSURE RESISTANCE

Major Hydro Test 100% Approved Procedure



2.3 INTER-STAGE ASSEMBLY TEST

LPE AND HELIUM LEAK TEST ON - (i) BELLOWS WITH ENDRING WELDING

Major NDE & leak check



Test Report 2/3 2 1 1

(ii) STEM WITH BELLOWS ENDERING WELDING




Test Report 2/3 2 1 1

(iii) SEAL WELDING OF BELLOWS ENDRING WITH BONNET.




Test Report 2/3 2,1 1 1

3.0 FINAL ASSEMBLY OPERATION & CONTROL

3.1 SECONDARY GLAND LEAK TEST

GLAND LEAK TIGHTNESS.

Critical Leak Detection through Gland by Hydro.

One/size/ rating

Approved Procedure

As per approved procedure/spec.

Test Report 2 2,1 - 1




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009


S.

NO. COMPONENT AND


QUANTUM OF

CHECK

REFERENCE DOCUMENT

ACCEPTANCE NORM


P W R H 3.2 VALVE ASSY. TEST VALVE ASSY. LEAK

TIGHTNESS Critical Leak Detection

through Bellows Seal Weld by Hydro./Air




3.3 SEAT LEAK TEST LEAK THROUGH SEAT

Critical Leak Detection through Seat by Hydro./Air




3.4 TRAVEL STROKE MEASUREMENT

Major Measurement of Valve Travel.




3.5 PERFORMANCE TESTS AS PER VALVE SPEC. SHEETS

Critical Measurements 100% Approved Procedure



3.6 ACTUATORS 3.6.1 PNEUMATIC STRENGTH &

LEAKAGE Major Pressure

resistance and leak




3.7 HELIUM LEAK TEST LEAK DETECTION OF WHOLE ASSY.

Critical Fine Leak Detection




3.8 SEISMIC TEST VIBRATION TEST Critical Shake Table, Static loading test

Type Test Approved Procedure & (ANSI B16.41)


Test Report 3,2 2,1 - 1

3.9 DEGREASING/ CLEANING

SURFACE PROTECTION (Pickling & passivation)

Major Visual 100% Approved Procedure


Test Report 2 2 1




32000 / PC-E-135 December, 2009


S.

NO. COMPONENT AND


QUANTUM OF

CHECK

REFERENCE DOCUMENT

ACCEPTANCE NORM


P W R H 4.0 PACKING AND SHIPPING

CONTROL

4.1 DESPATCH

PAINTING OF CS SURFACES

Major Visual 100% Approved Procedure


Inspection report 2 2 1 -

OVERALL DIMENSION

Major Measurement Sampling Approved Drg. As per approved Drg.

Test Report 2 2 1 -

NAME PLATE VERIFICATION

Major Verification Sampling Approved Drg. As per approved Drg.

Test Report 2 2 1 -

ACCEPTANCE STAMPING

Major Stamping 100% Approved Drg. As per approved Drg.

Test Report 2 2 - 1

4.3 PACKING

VISUAL Major Visual 100% Approved Procedure


Inspection Report 2 2, *1

1 - * : Witness on a sample

box

4.4 SHIPPING RELEASE FINAL CLEARANCE Major -- 100% -- -- -- - - - 1 4.5 DOCUMENTATION HISTORY DOCKET Major Verification of

records 100% Approved

specification As per approved specification

History Docket 2 - 1 -

NOTE : 1. All NDT shall be carried out as required by specification/ referring code/ standard.

2. Castings shall be obtained from NPCIL approved foundries only. 3. All spare valves shall undergo same stage inspection, as mentioned for the same parts. 4. Welding shall be performed only by qualified welders and as per NPCIL approved WPS. 5. Heat treatment shall be carried out in calibrated furnaces. 6. Calibrated instruments shall be used for measurements. 7. Non-Destructive examinations shall be carried out by personnel qualified to Level-II of ASNT or ISNT. 8. All SS castings and forgings shall be received in pickled and passivated condition.

REVISION CONTROL SHEET

DOCUMENT TYPE : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

No. : PC-E-892 – Rev. No. 0

TITLE: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION ON LIMIT SWITCHES FOR HARSH ENVIRONMENT FOR 700MWe

REV. NO. &

DATE

DESCRIPTION OF

REVISION

REVISED BY NAME &

SIGNATURE

CHECKED BY NAME & SIGNATURE

REVIEWED BY NAME & SIGNATURE

APPROVED BY NAME & SIGNATURE

NPCIL PROPRIETARY

This document is the property of Nuclear Power Corporation of India

Limited. No exploitation or transfer of any information contained herein is

permitted in the absence of an agreement with N.P.C.I.L. and neither the

document nor any such information may be released without the written

consent of N.P.C.I.L.

NUCLEAR POWER CORPORATION OF INDIA LTD

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION ON

LIMIT SWITCHES FOR HARSH ENVIRONMENT

Page 4 of 16

REV. No. 0

60425/PC-E-892 September, 2012

NOT FOR PUBLICATION/PRESENTATION OUTSIDE NPCIL

1.0 SCOPE This specification covers the design, technical requirements, material, construction features, manufacture, inspection & testing at the Vendor’s/Sub-vendors works and delivery to site for the limit switches required for application in Normal Environment, Radiation Environment and Harsh Environments. The details of design and functional requirements are given in subsequent sections. Detailed test requirements for different environmental applications will be covered in the respective tender documents or Instrument Specification Sheet (ISS). In case of any conflict between this specification and the tender documents/ISS, the latter shall govern. Also, any deviation from NPCIL specification and the specification of Limit Switches offered by the bidder shall be clearly indicated in the bid.

2.0 CONTENTS SECTION TITLE

1.0 SCOPE 2.0 CONTENTS 3.0 DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS & NOTATIONS 4.0 APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 5.0 MATERIALS, PROCESSES AND WORKMANSHIP 6.0 GENERAL FUNCTION & DESCRIPTIONS 7.0 8.0

REQUIREMENTS INSPECTION AND TESTING

9.0 DOCUMENTATION 10.0 PACKAGING 11.0 GUARANTEE

ANNX-1 SAMPLE QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN 3.0 DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS & NOTATIONS

Harsh Environment : An environment resulting from a design basis event, i.e. LOCA (Loss of Coolant Accident), MSLB (Main Steam Line Break). Thermal Ageing: The process of degradation of material over a time as a consequence of being exposed to temperature. Radiation Ageing: The process of degradation of material over a time as a consequence of being exposed to radiation. Total integrated Dose: The total sum of radiation dose predicted to be received during the qualified life of the equipment in its normal, accident and post accident environment. LOCA : An accident resulting from the loss of coolant to the fuel in a reactor due to a break in pressure retaining boundary of the primary coolant system MSLB : A break in steam pipeline which leads to discharge of high enthalpy steam. Type Test : Tests made on one or more sample equipment to verify adequacy of design and manufacturing process.




Page 5 of 16

REV. No. 0



EPDM: (Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer) a type of synthetic rubber, is an elastomer which is used in a wide range of applications. FKM: Fluorocarbon Rubber, FKMs are perfluoro elastomeric materials. They have excellent resistance to high temperature and chemicals.

4.0 APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS All documents listed below, of the issue in effect on the date of the pertinent Tendering Documents, constitute a part of this specification, to the extent defined in the subsequent clauses of this specification. In the event that certain requirements of the documents listed below conflict with the requirements of this specification, the requirements of this Specification shall govern.

IS/IEC 60947 Part-1: General requirements for switch gear and control gear for voltage not exceeding 1000V.

IEC 60529 : Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP Code)

PB-P-541 : Methods and procedures for Seismic Qualification of Valves; Panels; Devices; Rotating and Reciprocating equipment; Tanks; Vessels; Piping and Supports.

PRD-PROC-19 : Preparation of History Dockets.

5.0 MATERIALS PROCESSES AND WORKMANSHIP The materials, processes and standard parts employed in manufacturing the Limit Switches shall be of industrial grade and shall meet the technical requirements given in this specification. The materials selected and used for various components of the Limit Switches shall be approved by the Purchaser. The workmanship shall be in accordance with the highest quality of engineering practices to meet the technical requirements mentioned herein.

6.0 GENERAL FUNCTION & DESCRIPTIONS Limit switches are used to convert a mechanical pre-determined position into an electrical control signal. This electrical control signal is then used to give status indication or to monitor the position or to initiate another operating sequence during the normal and the harsh environment conditions. The limit switches which are required for the radiation environment shall be qualified for an accumulated radiation dose of 5 MRad as specified in Section 8.3.8.2. The limit switches which are required for the Harsh Environment shall operate/function satisfactorily at high temperature and pressure in steam environment as specified in Section 8.3.8. Limit Switches that are required to be qualified for LOCA/MSLB condition, supplier shall specify the maximum temperature of the Limit Switches, along with bid.




Page 6 of 16

REV. No. 0



7.0 REQUIREMENTS The general philosophy for instrumentation in Nuclear Power Plants is based on the use of instruments, which are capable of continuous, satisfactory operation over a long period of time, with minimum attention. The use of high quality materials, coupled with conservative design and with careful manufacturing technique is required for long term reliability under varying service conditions.

7.1 Design Requirements The Limit switches specified here are called roller lever actuated snap action limit switches. The technical requirements of limit switches are given below:

7.1.1 Actuating Head and Roller lever The Limit switch actuating head shall have flexibility to position in any of the four directions. The switch shall have an adjustable actuating roller lever. The length of the lever shall be adjustable according to the requirement. The lever position shall be adjustable throughout 360o around the shaft. The actuating mechanism shall be spring return type. Actuating Lever & its roller shall be metallic.

7.1.2 Switch Operation Limit switches shall be suitable for continuous operation. The switch shall be able to operate in both directions i.e. clockwise and anti-clockwise. The switch contact shall return from the operated condition to normal condition when actuating force is removed. The limit switch and associated accessories shall be designed for a minimum of 1, 00,000 mechanical and electrical cycle operations during its service life without replacement of parts.

7.1.3 Insulation Resistance The insulation resistance between various terminals and body of the limit switch shall be more than 100 Mega ohms at 500V DC.

7.1.4 Contact Resistance The total electrical resistance (Constriction resistance, Film resistance, Particle resistance) of the snap action limit switch contact shall be less than 100 milliohms.

7.1.5 Contact Type The Limit switch shall have at least two normally open and two normally closed Form-C contacts (Single Pole Double Throw) arrangement. The switch shall have butt type contact.

7.1.6 Contact Ratings The limits switch shall have electrical contact rating of 1 Ampere at 48V DC inductive load (L/R rating of 30 msec).

7.1.7 Terminals The terminals shall have clear identification of NO, NC and COM on the contact block. The switch shall have captive screwed terminals suitable for 2 x 0.5mm2 to 2 x 2.5 mm2 copper conductors, pre-insulated wire.




Page 7 of 16

REV. No. 0



7.1.8 Electrical Connection Limit switches shall be preferably provided with Bayonet style circular plug-in connectors for electrical connections to external circuit. The Mating connectors for the same shall be supplied. In lieu of this, double compression type cable glands are also acceptable subject to approval of purchaser. It shall be qualified as per the service area or application environment.

7.1.9 Enclosure Limit Switches shall have weather proof enclosures conforming to at least IP-67 requirements as per IEC-60529. Any improved design can be made to meet the various technical requirements given in this specification with the approval of purchaser.

7.1.10 Mountings The mounting of the limit switch and its actuating mechanism shall permit easy adjustment and exact setting of the switch actuating point. The design shall permit the adjustment of switch over travel without disturbing the valve/equipment on which it is installed. The limit switch shall be suitable for mounting on the valve yoke, such that it shall not get disturbed by pipe line vibrations.

7.2 Materials Requirements Materials used for different parts of snap action limit switch shall be metallic, except for seal ring and O-ring/gaskets. Following are the recommended materials: (i) Lever, lever shaft & its Roller : SS-304 (ii) Limit switch body : Die cast Aluminum (iii) Seal ring, O-ring, Diaphragm and gaskets : EPDM/FKM/Polyamides. (iv) Spring, Plunger shaft and cam : metallic. (v) Terminal plate & screw : metallic. (vi) Electrical connector/Gland : metallic. (vii) Contact block : High temperature and radiation resistant thermoplastic. Supplier shall specify the details of material used for all the parts that are not listed in this section, preferably in the form of a Detail Drawing/Bill of Material and the same shall be approved by purchaser before commencement of fabrication. It is preferable to avoid non-metallic parts inside/outside the limit switch assembly. If, it is in-evitable to use thermoplastic material, the parts used shall withstand the specified radiation, high temperature and steam conditions for the specified life, such as Polyamides, Kapton etc. Supplier may offer alternate suitable /better material to meet the various technical requirements given in this specification. However, the actual material used shall be subject to approval by the purchaser.

7.3 Service Conditions The limit switch design shall be capable of performing its intended functions in the following service conditions.




Page 8 of 16

REV. No. 0



7.3.1 Normal Service conditions: Maximum atmospheric pressure : 1.35 kg/cm2(g) Normal atmospheric pressure : 60 mmWC (Vacuum) Atmospheric Humidity : 95 % RH Maximum temperature : 55 oC Minimum temperature : 35 oC

7.3.2 Accident Service conditions: Temperature & Pressure during accident condition are specified in Section-8.3.8.

8.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING REQUIREMENTS 8.1 General

The Supplier shall be responsible for, shall provide for, and shall perform all inspection and tests specified herein and as may be further necessary by this Specification to demonstrate that the limit switch assembly supplied shall perform as specified herein. The supplier shall notify the purchaser the date and location for carrying out the performance tests, giving sufficient notice to enable the purchaser or his authorized representative to be present. The test procedures shall be prepared by the supplier and approved by the purchaser. The purchaser or his authorized representative shall have access to the calibration certificates of the test equipment proposed/used. The test specified herein is in addition to, and in no way replace, the routine check outs normally made by the supplier on all limit switch assemblies.

8.2 Inspection The product shall be carefully examined during the manufacturing and after completion to determine its conformance with this specification with respect to material, dimensions, workmanship and operation and to assess its conformance with other requirements stated or reasonably implied and not covered by specific tests.

8.3 Testing The limit switches shall be inspected and tested for routine tests and type test as per the service area or specific application environments. Limit switches required for Normal Environment, tests as per Section-8.3.1 to 8.3.7 shall be carried out. Limit switches required for Radiation Environment, tests as per Section-8.3.1 to 8.3.7 & 8.3.8.2 shall be carried out. Limit switches required for Harsh Environment, tests as per Section-8.3.1 to 8.3.7 & 8.3.8 shall be carried out. For the type tests, the number of samples shall be selected at random by the purchaser or his authorized representative and tested by the supplier in his presence. The test reports shall be submitted to the purchaser for review and clearance before dispatch of the Limit Switches. If the type tests mentioned in 8.3.5 to 8.3.8 are already carried out on offered limit switch type and test reports are available from NPCIL approved laboratory, same type test need not to be repeated.




Page 9 of 16

REV. No. 0



8.3.1 Material Tests All materials used shall be in conformance with the requirement of this technical specification. For materials chemical composition and physical properties test, certified test reports or certificates will be acceptable in lieu of such tests as a proof that the required tests have been carried out.

8.3.2 Insulation Resistance Test: Insulation resistance test shall be carried out for all type of limit switch assembly (100%). Insulation resistance between various terminals & body of the limit switch shall be more than 100 Mega ohms at 500V DC.

8.3.3 Functional Test (Mechanical & Electrical): Functional Test shall be carried out for all type of limit switch assembly (100%). Check the mechanical operation of the limit switch by operating the lever Clockwise and Counter Clockwise direction and check the ‘NO’ and ‘NC’ terminal contact change over operation.

8.3.4 Contact Resistance Test: Contact resistance test shall be carried out for all type of limit switch assembly (100%). The total electrical resistance (Constriction resistance, Film resistance, Particle resistance) of the snap action limit switch contact shall be less than 100 milliohms.

8.3.5 Durability Test (Life Cycle Test) This test is intended to assess the characteristics of limit switch assembly for resistance to mechanical and electrical wear by the number of operating cycle, which can be effected before it becomes necessary to service or replace any parts. Limit switch assembly of each type (min. Two Nos. of samples) will be selected at random by the Purchaser and shall be subjected to durability test. • Mechanical & Electrical Durability Test

Limit switch assembly of each type (min. Two Nos. of sample) will be selected at random by the Purchaser and shall be subjected to 100000 nos. of on-load (i.e. with current at the main contacts) operating cycle.

After completion of this test, the limit switches assembly shall perform its intended functions. The test procedures shall be prepared by the manufacturer/supplier and shall be approved by the purchaser.

8.3.6 Ingress Protection Class Test This type test shall be carried out on the sample basis to evaluate the limits switch assembly for: 1. Protection of the equipment inside the enclosure against ingress of solid foreign

objects; 2. Protection of the components inside the enclosure against harmful effects due to

the ingress of water/steam; Limit switch assembly of each type (min. Two Nos. of samples) will be selected at random by the Purchaser and shall be tested to meet at least IP-67 requirements as per IEC-60529.




Page 10 of 16

REV. No. 0



After completion of this test, the limit switch assembly shall perform its intended functions and shall fulfill the test requirements as specified in Section 8.3.2 to 8.3.4.

8.3.7 Vibration(Non-Seismic) Test Limit switch assembly of each type (min. Two Nos. of samples) shall be selected at random by the Purchaser and shall be subjected to 0.75 g (sinusoidal vibration) at frequencies sweeping from 5 Hz to 100 Hz to 5 Hz at a rate of two octave per minute and at low frequencies displacement shall not exceed 0.025 inch (0.635 mm) in double amplitude. Total time duration for this test shall be 90 minutes in which frequency of vibration shall be applied along each orthogonal axis. There shall be no mechanical failure or distortion of the components or assembly and the limit switch shall able to perform its intended functions and shall fulfill the test requirements as specified in Section 8.3.2 to 8.3.4. Failure of any sample in the above test shall be cause for rejection of the whole lot.

8.3.8 Harsh Environment Qualification Tests These tests are applicable to Limit Switches which are required to qualify for Harsh Environment. Following type tests shall be carried out in the sequence given below. 1) Thermal Ageing 2) Radiation Ageing 3) LOCA/MSLB Qualification Test 4) Seismic Test Note:

1. Sequence of thermal aging and radiation aging may be reversed, if required 2. All the above tests shall be carried out on the same selected sample (min. Two

Nos. of samples). 3. Prior to commencement of the above mentioned tests, all tests as per Section-

8.3.2 to 8.3.4 of this specification shall be carried on the samples and the data shall be recorded.

8.3.8.1 Thermal Ageing This test is intended to ensure the operation of instrument at 50oC ambient temperature for its expected life of 10 years. Thermal ageing is to be carried out at higher temperature as per Arrhenius methodology, considering the balance life of 10 years. The maximum temperature during thermal ageing shall not exceed 10oC more than the maximum allowable design temperature specified by the manufacturer. The thermal ageing test shall be carried out at an approved test laboratory. After completion of this test, the limit switch assembly shall perform its intended functions and shall fulfill the test requirements as specified in Section 8.3.2 to 8.3.4.

8.3.8.2 Radiation Ageing This test is intended for evaluation of Radiation withstanding capability of limit switches. Limit Switches which are required to qualify for the radiation environment for its intended functional requirements shall be qualified for Radiation Ageing test at an approved test laboratory for an accumulated radiation dose of 5 M Rads. The




Page 11 of 16

REV. No. 0



equipment/instruments shall be exposed to gamma radiation at a rate as minimum as feasible and it shall not exceed 0.1 MRad/ Hr. After completion of this test, the limit switch assembly shall perform its intended functions and shall fulfill the test requirements as specified in Section 8.3.2 to 8.3.4.

8.3.8.3 LOCA/MSLB Qualification Test This test is intended to qualify the limit switch for LOCA (Loss of Coolant Accident)/ MSLB (Main Steam Line Break) environment. This shall be demonstrated by LOCA/MSLB simulation test.

8.3.8.3.1 LOCA Qualification Test The test specimen shall be subjected to the LOCA test profile for pump room area of 700MWe stations in the below mentioned sequence:

a) 0-400 sec - 123°C at 0.73 kg/cm2(g) pressure

b) 400-800 sec - 90°C at 0.47 kg/cm2(g) pressure

c) 800-1700 sec - 83°C at 0.31 kg/cm2(g) pressure

d) 1700- 5500 sec - 70°C at 0.17 kg/cm2(g) pressure

e) Next 48 hrs - Moisture laden saturated air at 50°C It shall be ensured that the temperature in the chamber is reached from initial ambient temperature to the specified temperature in Step-(a) above i.e.123 °C in 10 seconds. If the test chamber available doesn’t have the facility to control the chamber pressure using air flow along with the steam (i.e. entry/discharge of saturated steam is only allowed), in such case the test shall be conducted following a profile as mentioned below: a) Saturated steam at 123°C for 400 sec

b) Saturated steam at 111°C for next 400 sec

c) Saturated steam at 108°C for next 900 sec

d) Saturated steam at 104°C for next 4600 sec

e) Moisture laden air at 50°C for 48 hrs While subjecting to the LOCA simulation test, the limit switch shall be set at actuated position and its output shall be monitored. After completion of this LOCA test, the limit switch assembly shall perform its intended functions and shall fulfill the test requirements as specified in Section 8.3.2 to 8.3.4.

8.3.8.3.2 MSLB Qualification Test Limit switches which are required to qualify for Main Steam Line Break (MSLB) environment. This shall be demonstrated by MSLB simulation test. The test specimen shall be subjected to the MSLB test profile for pump room area of 700MWe stations in the below mentioned sequence:

a) 0-220sec - 171°C at 1.474 kg/cm2(g) pressure

b) 220-400sec - 161°C at 1.408 kg/cm2(g) pressure

c) 400-800 sec - 128°C at 1.11 kg/cm2(g) pressure

d) 800-2200 sec - 108°C at 0.90 kg/cm2(g) pressure

e) 2200- 11000 sec - 87°C at 0.40 kg/cm2(g) pressure




Page 12 of 16

REV. No. 0



f) Next 48 hrs - Moisture laden saturated air at 50oC

It shall be ensured that the temperature in the chamber is reached from initial ambient temperature to the specified temperature in Step-(a) above i.e.171°C in 10 seconds. If the test chamber available doesn’t have the facility to control the chamber pressure using air flow along with the steam (i.e. entry/discharge of saturated steam is only allowed), in such case the test shall be conducted following a profile as mentioned below: a) Saturated steam at 171°C for 220 sec

b) Saturated steam at 161°C for 220 to 400 sec

c) Saturated steam at 128°C for 400 to 800 sec

d) Saturated steam at 119°C for 800 to 2200 sec

e) Saturated steam at 110°C for 2200 to 11000 sec

f) Moisture laden saturated air at 50°C for 48 hrs While subjecting to the MSLB simulation test, the limit switch shall be set at actuated position and its output shall be monitored. After completion of this MSLB test, the limit switch assembly shall perform its intended functions and shall fulfill the test requirements as specified in Section 8.3.2 to 8.3.4.

8.3.8.4 Seismic Test Seismic test shall be carried out on the sample which has undergone thermal, radiation and LOCA/MSLB chamber tests, at an approved test facility as per NPCIL specification PB-P-541. While performing seismic test, the performance of the Limit Switch shall be monitored. After completion of this test, the limit switch assembly shall perform its intended functions and shall fulfill the test requirements as specified in Section 8.3.2 to 8.3.4.

8.4 Test Failure In the event of failure of any Limit Switch assembly or part thereof to fully meet any inspection or test requirement specified herein, the supplier shall notify the purchaser or his authorized representative. Failure of any sample in the above test shall be cause for rejection of the whole lot. The supplier shall obtain permission from the purchaser before repair or subsequent use of such equipment or part. If any repair including redesign are likely to affect the results of tests previously completed, appropriate re-inspection and re-testing shall be conducted.

8.5 Test Reports Reports of all inspection and tests performed as per this specification shall be submitted to the Purchaser. The reports shall be signed by an authorized representative of the Supplier.

8.6 Tagging Each Limit Switch shall be identified with the following information.

(a) Manufacturer's name or identity. (b) Manufacturer's model and serial number.




Page 13 of 16

REV. No. 0



The above information shall be in a permanent form on a metal name plate permanently attached to the Limit Switch assembly. In addition, each limit switch shall be identified by a S.S tag of suitable dimensions, affixed to it firmly in a prominent position by means of a corrosion-resistant wire, and bearing the following information in a permanent (preferably engraved) form :

a) Purchase order no. b) Application code number and equipment code no. indicated in ISS.

Tags for spare limit switches shall carry the purchase order no. and the word “SPARE” instead of above information.

9.0 DOCUMENTATION All the documents submitted shall be signed by the Bidder/Supplier. Schedules of submission of various documents are given below.

9.1 Documents to be furnished by the Bidder along with the offer All the documents listed below shall be furnished in triplicate along with the offer. (a) Technical details of the offered Limit Switches indicating dimensions, material

of construction, service conditions, tests carried out, applicable standards etc. (b) List of in-house manufacturing facilities. (c) List of in-house inspection and test facilities. (d) List of suppliers/sub-vendors of raw material and inspection/testing agencies for

execution of this order. (e) Copies of the test reports, if the offered Limit Switches have earlier undergone

various tests mentioned in this specification. 9.2 Documents required to be furnished after placement of Purchase Order

Immediately after placement of purchase order, 3 copies of following documents shall be submitted for the purchaser’s review and approval. Manufacturing/testing of the Limit Switches shall be commenced only after specific approval of the relevant documents by the purchaser. (a) Limit Switch assembly drawing with principle of operation and with the

detailed bill of material, indicating overall dimensions, component/sub-assembly dimensions and tolerances, material of construction of each component, finish etc.

(b) A detailed QA plan indicating incoming, in-process and final inspection and tests.

(c) Detailed procedure for all the inspection and tests to be carried out on the Limit Switch assembly.

9.3 Documents required to be furnished along with the Supply (a) All As-built drawings along with their re-producible. (b) Operation and Maintenance manual giving functional description, descriptive

and illustrative literatures of all the components/ sub-assemblies, installation procedure etc. Soft copies of the same shall also be supplied in the form of CD/DVD.




Page 14 of 16

REV. No. 0



(c) History Dockets including all test reports/certificates. History dockets shall be prepared as per PRD-PROC-19 of NPCIL.

In addition to the above, the manufacturer shall supply in triplicate, certificate of compliance stating that the material supplied is in accordance with all the provisions of this specification.

10.0 PACKAGEING The Limit Switch assembly shall be packed and protected to prevent corrosion, deterioration or damage of any sort during shipment to and storage at the power station. All openings of the Limit Switch assembly shall be closed with suitable caps/plugs. Individual items shall be packed with adequate sealing to prevent ingress of moisture and with adequate cushioning material to prevent damage during shipment, delivery and storage at site. The package (or packages) shall be clearly and legibly marked in a suitable permanent manner with the following information. a) The purchase order number. b) Item Sr. No. of the purchase order. c) Number of pieces.

11.0 GUARANTEE All the Limit Switch assembly shall be guaranteed by the Supplier for the period mentioned in general conditions of the contract.


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION ON LIMIT SWITCHES FOR HARSH ENVIRONMENT FOR 700MWe Page 15 of 16

REV. No. 0



ANNEXURE-1 SAMPLE QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN

Sr.

No

Component &

Operation

Characteristic Type of Check Classification Quantum of

Check

Ref. of

Documents

Acceptance

Norm

Format of

Record

Agency Remarks

P W V

A RAW MATERIAL

Casting & Forging

(a)Chem. Comp. Chemical Analysis Major 2 no. Per Heat. Applicable Standard Test Certificates 3 2 1 See Note: 6

(b)Physical Properties Tensile Strength Major 2 no. Per Heat. --do-- Test Report 3 2,1 1 See Note: 6 Bar Stocks

(a)Chem. Comp. Chemical Analysis Major 2 no. Per Heat. Applicable Standard Test Certificates 3 2 1 See Note: 6 (b)Physical Test Tensile Strength Major 2 no. Per Heat. --do-- Test Report 3 2,1 1 See Note: 6

Lever/ Roller/Spring (a)Chem. Comp. Chemical Analysis Major 2 no. Per Heat. Applicable Standard Test Certificates 3 2 1 See Note: 6 (b)Physical Test Tensile Strength Major 2 no. Per Heat. -do- Test Report 3 2,1 1 See Note: 6

Elastomer Chem. Comp. Chemical Analysis Major 2 no. Per Heat. Applicable Standard Report 3 2 1 See Note: 6 Contact Block

Assembly

Chem. Comp.

Chemical Analysis Major

2 no. Per Heat. Applicable Standard Report 3 2 1 See Note: 6

B Finished Product Dimension & Functional

check (mechanical/contact

changeover operation)

Measurement

Contact resistance

& rating, IR Test

Major

100 % As per Approved Drg. &

NPCIL Specification and

Approved Test Procedure

Test Report 3 2,1 1 10% Witness by 2,1 &

100% Verified by 1

Non-Seismic Vibration

Test

Environment Test Major

Two Sample

of each type



Test Report 3 2,1 1 H

Ingress Protection test Measurement Test Major

Two Sample of

each type



Test Report 3 2,1 1

H

Durability(Life cycle) Test

(100000 cycles of

mechanical & electrical

operations)

Measurement Test Major

Two Sample of

each type



Test Report 3 2,1 1

H

Seismic Test Environment Test Major

Two Sample of

each type



Test Report 3 2,1 1 H

Thermal Ageing Test Environment Test Major

Two Sample of

each type



Test Report 3,2 1 1 H


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION ON LIMIT SWITCHES FOR HARSH ENVIRONMENT FOR 700MWe Page 16 of 16

REV. No. 0



Radiation Ageing Test Environment Test Major

Two Sample of

each type



Test Report 3,2 1 1

H

LOCA/MSLB

Qualification Test

Environment Test Major

Two Sample of

each type



Test Report 3,2 1 1

H

C Finished Product Painting & Finish Visual Major 100% Approved Procedure Report 3 2 1

Name plate & packing Visual Major 100% Visual Report 3 2 1

D Documentation Records, Reports, History

Docket, CD/ DVD

containing soft copy

Visual Major 100% As per NPCIL approved

procedures

Documentation

and CD/DVD

3 2 1

LEGEND:

P- Performed by 1. Purchaser

W- Witnessed by 2. Prime Supplier

V- Verified by 3. Sub-Vender/External laboratory

H-Customer Hold Point

NOTE: 1 Test reports on the bought out components for all the NPCIL specified tests shall be obtained from the manufacturers and submitted for

the verification of NPCIL. 2 All test reports, the certificates and inspection reports shall be reviewed by Supplier/Sub-Vender/Manufacturer, before submitting the

same to verification by purchaser. 3 History docket/End documents prepared by Supplier/Sub-vendor shall be submitted to Purchaser’s Representative for verification and

checking for its completeness. 4 Calibrated instruments shall be used during inspection, examination & testing. 5 Prime supplier/Sub-vendor shall establish and maintain documented quality system/documented procedures. 6 Chemical Composition and Physical Properties tests, proof in the form of certified test reports or certificates that the required tests have

been carried out will be acceptable in lieu of such tests.

SECTION – D

FORMAT FOR ON-LINE BIDDING FORMS

(Refer On-line Bidding forms)

Note : Only data provided in on-line bidding forms shall be considered for evaluation.

Tender No :- 27593

Tender Reference No :- CMM/HMP/23-30-10-098

Template Name :- TENDER FORM

TENDER FORM

(Form No. CMM-44A/Rev.4)

Tender No. CMM/HMP/23-30-10-098

Please provide appropriate information

Description Remarks

Tenderer's Bid No.

Bid Date

Dear Sir,1. I/We have read the Invitation to Tender and Tendering Conditions and the Conditions of Contract as contained in Section-‘B’of the tender documents.2. I/We have thoroughly examined the specifications, drawings and/or patterns quoted or referred to herein and/or fully awareof the nature of the stores required and my/our bid is to supply the stores strictly in accordance with the requirements underthis tender as detailed in Section-C of the tender documents.3. I/We hereby agree to supply the stores, strictly adhering to the Conditions of the Contract as set out in Section-B of thetender document.4. You will be at liberty to accept any one or more of the items of stores offered by us and I/We shall be bound to supply youthe stores as may be specified in the purchase order/contract.5. I/We hereby agree to keep the prices and our bid valid for your acceptance for a period of 120 (one hundred and twenty)days from the due date of this tender.6.Deviations to technical specifications contained in Section-C of the tender documents are detailed in Annexure-A to the TenderForm and compliance proposed to Conditions of Contract contained in Section-B of the tender documents are detailed inAnnexure-'B' to the Tender Form.7. I/We are also enclosing herewith all the leaflets/catalogues etc. pertaining to the stores offered.8. Details of the stores along with prices and the bid terms are enclosed under schedule to this tender form.

Note :

1. Since remarks column is mandatory, say 'OK' or provide relevant comments.

2. Deviation to Technical Specification, if any, to be confirmed in online bidding form- Annexure-A

3. Compliance to Conditions of Contract to be confirmed in Online bidding form - Annexure-B.

4. Details as per Checklist to be confirmed in Online bidding form - Annexure-C.

5. Leaflets / Catalogues, if any to be uploaded along with the bid.

e-TPT/SUPPLY-1

1 https://npcil.etenders.in/EN-dGVtcGxhdGV...

1 of 1 1 14-06-2017 10:55 AM

Tender No :- 27593


Template Name :- Annexure - A Deviation from Technical specificationrequirement , if any

Annexure - A

Deviations to Technical Specification (if any)

SrNo.

ClauseNo.

Details as per Technical Specification /Document

Deviation Proposed by theBidder

Justification ofdeviation Remarks

Note:-

1. Suppliers Should right click on the rows to add more records.

2. To Delete row, if any, please right click on the row and choose "remove row" option.

3. All the above column are mandatory, if there are "No deviations" to technical specification/document, please fill the column as"N.A".


1 of 1 1 14-06-2017 10:57 AM

Tender No :- 27593


Template Name :- Annexure-B 1.0 (Commercial Terms and Conditions ofTender)

ANNEXURE-B

(To be furnished duly filled in along with Part-I- Technical & Commercial bid except price)

1.0 Format for submission of Commercial Terms and Conditions of Tender bid

Sl.No. Item/Description Bidder’s Response/Confirmation as the

case may be

1Price Basis :Confirm that Prices quoted are on "Free and Safe delivery" basis at Purchaser’s site inclusive of packing, forwarding, freight and transit insurancebut exclusive of taxes and duties.

2 Confirm that Freight & Transit Insurance charges included in the Free & Safe delivery prices are indicated separately in online bidding form PriceSchedule for KAPP-3&4 and Price Schedule for RAPP-7&8.

3 Condition of Price: Prices shall be on "Firm" basis

4 Applicable Statutory Levies:

4(a) Rate of Excise duty & Cess, if applicable, alongwith Excise Registration No. .

https://npcil.etenders.in/EN-dGVtcGxhdGVfbWFzdGVycy90ZW5kZXJfZ2NjX2V4Y2VsLzI3NTkzL04vMjA1NDY4L...

1 of 2 17-06-2017 11:25

4(b) Rate of VAT, if applicable.(For reimbursement, kindly indicate the applicable rate)

4(c) Rate of CST (Indicate with 'C' Form) if applicable.(For reimbursement, kindly indicate the applicable rate)

4(d) Rate of Service Tax and Cess, if applicable. (For reimbursement, kindly indicate the applicable rate)

4(e) Octroi Duty, if applicable, indicate the applicable rate.(For reimbursement, kindly indicate the applicable rate)

4(f) Any Other Tax / Duty, if applicable. Please indicate along with rate.

5 Confirm compliance to Clause No 9.2-Fiscal concessions for Nuclear Power Projects (NPPs) of Invitation To Tender and Tendering conditions (ITT)

6 Evidence to indicate financial capacity to under take the proposed work (if entrusted) and Names (with address of the Bankers)

7 Income Tax Return / Acknowledgement(Copy of Income Tax Return / Acknowledgement / PAN card need to be submitted)

8 If registered with DGS&D, DPS/DAE, copy of the valid registration certificates to be furnished).

9 "Please confirm delivery schedule as per Tender requirement.(Delivery schedule along with milestone chart shall be furnished)"

10 Validity of Offer (120 days from the last date specified for receipt of E-bids). Please Confirm.

11 The documents towards Qualifying Criteria as per Appendix ‘X’ under Section-A of tender document are submitted along with the bid. Pleaseconfirm.

Note : Terms which are Not Applicable shall be filled as "NA".

e-TPT/SUPPLY-1

https://npcil.etenders.in/EN-dGVtcGxhdGVfbWFzdGVycy90ZW5kZXJfZ2NjX2V4Y2VsLzI3NTkzL04vMjA1NDY4L...

2 of 2 17-06-2017 11:25

Tender No :- 27593


Template Name :- ANNEXURE-B - 2.0 (Compliance to Conditions ofContract)

ANNEXURE-B (Compliance to Conditions of Contract)

2.0 Format for submission of Compliance to the conditions of Contract contained in Section-B of the tender.

2.1 The tenderer shall note that any deviation to above mentioned terms and conditions of our tender may lead to disqualification of their Bid.

2.2 The compliance / confirmation to the specific clauses may please be furnished as per the format below:

Sr.No. Item / Description Bidder’sCompliance/Confirmation

I Acceptance of “Security Deposit” as per Clause No. 3.4.2 & “Performance Bond” as per Clause No.3.4.5 under GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4.

II Acceptance of “Subletting / Assignment of Contract” as per Clause No.3.7 under GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4.

III Acceptance of “Defect Liability” as per Clause No.6.4 under GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4.

IV Acceptance of “Liquidated Damages” as per Clause No.6.2 under GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4.

V Acceptance of “Quality Surveillance, Inspection, Acceptance and Rejection” as per Clause No. 10under GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4.

VI Acceptance of “Terms of Payment” as per Clause No. 5.6 under GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4.

VII Acceptance of “Settlement of Dispute” as per Clause No. 14 under GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4.

VIII Acceptance of “Confidentiality” as per Clause No. 1.10 under GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4.

IX Compliance to the remaining clauses of GCC/SUPPLY-1/R-4.

X Compliance to all clauses of Special Conditions of Contract (SCC).

XI Acceptance to the Notes under Price Schedule-(I) of KAPP-3,4 and RAPP-7,8 of Section-D oftender document.


1 of 1 1 14-06-2017 10:59 AM

Tender No :- 27593


Template Name :- Annexure-C-Checklist

ANNEXURE-C

CHECKLIST

Bidder please check your quotation for following items, fill in this Check List in Yes / No and submit along with the bid.

Sl.No. Description

Confirmation byBidder(Yes / No)

Remarks

1 Have studied and understood the tender requirements clearly.

2 Are the quotation submitted in duly filled with all columns

3 Are there deviations from tender specifications (If yes, these should be clearly listed out in a separateannexure to this quotation. The Annexure number to be indicated in remarks column). Annexure 'A'

4 List of likely items / jobs proposed to be sub-contracted and extent of sub-contracting,if any.

5 Information regarding manufacturer.

6 Proposed Manufacturing and shipment plan.

7Quality Surveillance shall be carried out by the Purchaser. The Manufacturer / Bidder agrees to qualitysurveillance as per Clause No. 7.0 of Part-C-1 of tender document and Clause No. 10 of GCC containedin section-'B'

8 Delivery schedule has been clearly indicated in the bid.

9 Validity date for the quotation has been clearly indicated in the bid.

10 Any specific point / detail Bidder desires to highlight. If yes, indicate in remarks column where thepoint / detail has been highlighted.

11 Quotation has been submitted as per Price Schedule in Section-D of the Tender.

12 "Subcontracting" - Submit list of sub-contractors in Part-I bid if any, for approval of the Purchaser (asper GCC Clause No. 3.6)

13 "Program of Performance" - Submit format for submission of Program of Performance in Part-I bid, forapproval of the Purchaser (as per GCC Clause No. 7.2)

14 "Review / Approval of Contractor's Documents" - submit schedule for furnishing drawings / documentsin bid, for approval of the Purchaser (as per GCC Clause No. 8.3)

15 Submit time schedule for placement of purchase order on sub-contractors, if any and completion ofprocurement process in Part-I bid, for approval of the Purchaser (as per GCC Clause No. 9.1)

16 Attachments to be added as per Qualification Requirements.

e-TPT/SUPPLY-1


1 of 1 1 14-06-2017 11:01 AM

Tender No :- 27593


Template Name :- Appendix - X Qualifying Requirement - TECHCOMM

Tenderer is qualified if they meet the qualificationn criteria given in the table of Appendix-X and requires to provide satisfactoryevident for the same. Kindly furnish the following:

SlNo DESCRIPTION Type of documentary evidence required

DocumentaryEvidence attached-Yes/No

A TECHNICAL CRITERIA: - -

i)The bidder should be a manufacturer of SS/CS Ball Valve. Thebidder who has not supplied similar valves in the past shall berejected.

Upload order copies & completiondocument executed in last 7 years ofsimilar items. Also fill the details as givenin table-1 of Appendix- X .

ii)

The bidder should have ASNT/ISNT Level-I / II quality assuranceman power. A profile of personal working in thesesections/departments shall be attached along with ASNT/ISNTqualification.

Resume (along with ASNT certificate) of QApersonnel shall be submitted with the bid.Also fill the details as given in table-2 ofAppendix-X .

B FINANCIAL CRITERIA - -

i)

The bidder should have average annual turn-over not less than209.40 Lacs Rs. (Rupees Two hundred and Nine lacs and Fourtythousand only ) for the last three financial years (2013-14,2014-15 & 2015-16)

Format for submission of summary ofAnnual turnover is uploaded as Table-3 ofappendix-‘X’ of the Tender.

ii)The bidder should have satisfactorily completed single order valueRs.55.84 Lacs ( Rupees Fifty Five Lacs and Eighty Four thousandonly ) in the last 7 years.

Upload order copies of largest value orderexecuted.


1 of 1 1 14-06-2017 11:02 AM

Tender No :- 27593


Template Name :- PO's executed by the bidder in last 7 years - TABLE - 1

APPENDIX-X ( QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS ) - TABLE-1

Bidder should fill information in the following formats/ tables . Bidder may attach necessary documents in support of the same.

1. PO's executed by the Bidder in last 7 years:

S.No. Purchase order No and Date Purchase order value Name of Purchaser Item Description Contractual delivery date Actual delivery date Delay if any with reason there of Present Status

1

2

3

4

5

6

https://npcil.etenders.in/EN-dGVtcGxhdGVfbWFzdGVycy90ZW5kZXJfZ2NjX2V4Y2VsLzI3NTkzL04vMjA1NDczLz...

1 of 2 17-06-2017 11:29

7

https://npcil.etenders.in/EN-dGVtcGxhdGVfbWFzdGVycy90ZW5kZXJfZ2NjX2V4Y2VsLzI3NTkzL04vMjA1NDczLz...

2 of 2 17-06-2017 11:29

Tender No :- 27593


Template Name :- QA Manpower Details - TABLE - 2

QA Manpower Details - TABLE - 2

S.No. Manpower (QA Personnel) Responsibility/Section Qualification and Experience ASNT / ISNT Level Valid Certificate Enclosed (Yes/NO)

Note : Suppliers Should right click on the rows to add more records.

https://npcil.etenders.in/EN-dGVtcGxhdGVfbWFzdGVycy90ZW5kZXJfZ2NjX2V4Y2VsLzI3NTkzL01GLzIwNTQ3M...

1 of 1 17-06-2017 11:33

Tender No :- 27593


Template Name :- Past Three Years Annual Turnover and Profit-TABLE-3

QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENT

Bidder should fill information in the following formats / tables. Bidder may upload necessary documents in support of the same.

Bidders preceding three years annual turnover and profit (Audited Balance Sheet to be uploaded) :

S.No. Financial year Annual Turnover Audited balance sheet attachedYes/No Remarks

1. 2013 – 2014

2. 2014– 2015

3. 2015 – 2016


1 of 1 1 14-06-2017 11:06 AM

Tender No :- 27593


Template Name :- Company Information

SLNO. Description Bidder

Responce

1 Name of the Company

2 Address of the Company

2.1 PIN Code

2.2 City

2.3 State

33.1

Contact Person DetailsName of Contact Person

3.2 Designation of the Contact Person

3.3 E-mail ID

3.4 Phone Nos - Office

3.5 Phone Nos - Residence

3.6 Phone Nos - Mobile

3.7 Phone Nos - FAX NO

4 Category - Micro/Small/Medium/Large Scale -

4.1

Agency of MSE Registration:1. District Industries Centers2. Khadi and Village Industries Commission3. Khadi and Village Industries Board4. Coir Board5. National Small Industries Corporation6. Directorate of Handicraft and Handloom7. Any other body specified by Ministry of MSME

Registration Details under the above category (Certificate should be uploaded along with your offer)

4.2 Whether the above Micro / Small Enterprise is held by SC / ST Entrepreneur (Certificate should be uploadedalong with your offer)

4.3 Validity of MSME Registration certificate

5 Bank Name & Bank Account Number

6 IFSC Code Number(11 Digit)

7 VAT Registration Number

8 Excise Duty Registration Number

9 CST Registration Number

10 Service Tax Registration Number

11 PAN Number


1 of 1 1 14-06-2017 11:08 AM

Tender No :- 27593


Template Name :- PRICE SCHEDULE FOR KAPP-3,4(I)

SRNO.

ItemSr. No. Description UOM Qty

Unit Ex-works Price(inclusive of packing &forwarding charges)(INR)

Unit Safe Delivery to SiteCharges( i.e. transportation andtransit insurance charges )(INR)

Total Ex-works Price(inclusive of packing &forwarding charges)(INR)

Total Safe Delivery to SiteCharges( i.e. transportation andtransit insurance charges )(INR)

1 130N

BALL VALVE (ELECTRICALLY OP.),Size: 20NB,Rating: ANSI CLASS 1500, End Conn: 3/4 Inch NPT(F),VSS No: KAPP-3,4/35000/2077/VSS (R-1), Material Spec: SS 316,NPCIL Spec: PC-E-135,

Nos 22

2 NI

"BALL VALVE Air operated-Fail safe open-flanged end withcompanion flanges. Size: 25 NBMaterial Spec: SA 182 F 316 L Rating: 150# End Conn:-Flanged VSS No: KAPP-3&4/34713/2020/VSSNPCIL Spec: PC-E-135, PC-E-892"

Nos 3

Total = 0.0000 Total = 0.0000

Note:

1. INR - Indian Rupees

https://npcil.etenders.in/EN-ZXhjZWx3b3Jrcy90ZW5kZXJfdXBsb2FkX2V4Y2VsLzI4ODI0LzMzMTAzL1RDL0ZJTQ==

1 of 2 17-06-2017 12:42

2. Total Supply Price : The Bidder has to quote for all the items for both the projects and shall be considered for evaluation. The tendered items are non-splitable and non-divisible. As per evaluation criteria the order can't be divided.

3. Place of Delivery: KAPP-3,4 Stores, P.O. Anumala, Via-Vyara, Dist. Vapi, Gujarat.

4. Taxes and Duties as applicable shall be quoted in ANNEXURE-B (Commercial Terms & Conditions of Bid) attached under Section-D of Tender Document.

5. The bidders are required to quote prices separately for all the items of the work for both the project i.e. KAPP-3,4 and RAPP-7,8.

6. Bidders may check their qualification to meet the Qualifying criteria stipulated under Appenxix-X of Section-A.

7. Evaluation shall be done as above and in conjunction with Clause No. 15 of of Invitation to Tender and Tendering Conditions of Section-A .

8. Evaluation Criteria

Bider shall quote for all tendered items and the entire scope contained in the tender i.e. Manufacture, Inspection, Examination, Testing, Documentation, Supply, Preservation.Packaging, Guarantee and Safe Delivery of Ball Valves for Primary Piping systems (PHT.MOD and LWS) as per Price Schedule. Price Schedule for supply of Ball Valves forPrimary Piping System (PHT, MOD and LWS). Partial/invalid quotation shall be summarily rejected. Purchaser's decision in this respect shall be final and binding.

Scheduls/Bill of Quantities are to be read for the purpose of pricing in conjunction with the General Conditions of Contract, Special Conditions of Contract, technicalSpecifications and data sheet, Special Instructions to the Tenderer, etc. as contained in the Tender Documents. Prices are to be quoted in accordance with GCC Clause No. 5(contract price and payment) and corresponding SCC, if any.

Price Bid evaluation shall be based on total Price Schedule for both the projects together KAPP-3&4 and RAPP-7&8 i.e. atotal sum of Ex-works Prices and Safe DeliveryCharges. The tendered item is non divisible and non splitable i.e. the entire contract will be awarded to a single bidder. This should read in conjunction with clause 12.5 ofInvitation to Tender and Tendering Conditions of Section-A .

Depending on the qualifying criteria (Appendix-X of Section-A) the bidders are eligible to quote prices for both the projects.

Commercial Conditions such as Place of Delivery, Warranty Period etc. appearing in Technical Specification shall be ignored.

The evaluation criteria to be adopted for this tender are as follows:

i) The bidder shall have quoted for KAPP-3,4 and RAPP-7,8 and the bidder shall be techno commercially qualified for both the projects.

ii) Combined offer for items specified for KAPP-3,4 and RAPP-7,8 shall be evaluated and L-1 (combined) shall be determined.

https://npcil.etenders.in/EN-ZXhjZWx3b3Jrcy90ZW5kZXJfdXBsb2FkX2V4Y2VsLzI4ODI0LzMzMTAzL1RDL0ZJTQ==

2 of 2 17-06-2017 12:42

Tender No :- 27593


Template Name :- PRICE SCHEDULE FOR KAPP-3,4-II (CIF Value forImported Items for KAPP-3,4)

Sr. No. Description Rate (in INR)

1 Limiting CIF Value in INR for imported Raw Materials / Components included in total indigeneous supply price indicated as per Price Schedule - I .

https://npcil.etenders.in/EN-ZXhjZWx3b3Jrcy90ZW5kZXJfdXBsb2FkX2V4Y2VsLzI4ODI1LzMzMTEzL1RDL0ZJTQ==

1 of 1 17-06-2017 11:39

Tender No :- 27593


Template Name :- PRICE SCHEDULE FOR KAPP-3,4(III) (Transportationand Transit Insurance Charges for KAPP-3,4)

Sr. No. Description Rate (in %)(INR)

1 Transportation Charges indicated at Column '8' of Price Schedule - I

2 Transit Insurance Charges indicated at Column '8' of Price Schedule - I

https://npcil.etenders.in/EN-ZXhjZWx3b3Jrcy90ZW5kZXJfdXBsb2FkX2V4Y2VsLzI4ODUzLzMzMTE0L1RDL0ZJTQ==

1 of 1 17-06-2017 11:40

Tender No :- 27593


Template Name :- PRICE SCHEDULE FOR RAPP-7,8(I)

SRNO.

ItemSr. No. Description UOM Qty

Unit Ex-works Price(inclusive of packing &forwarding charges)(INR)

Unit Safe Delivery to SiteCharges( i.e. transportation andtransit insurance charges )(INR)

Total Ex-works Price(inclusive of packing &forwarding charges)(INR)

Total Safe Delivery to SiteCharges( i.e. transportation andtransit insurance charges )(INR)

1 130N

BALL VALVE (ELECTRICALLY OP.),Size: 20NB,Rating: ANSI CLASS 1500, End Conn: 3/4 Inch NPT(F),VSS No: KAPP-3,4/35000/2077/VSS (R-1), Material Spec: SS 316,NPCIL Spec: PC-E-135,

Nos 22

2 NI

"BALL VALVE Air operated-Fail safe open-flanged end withcompanion flanges. Size: 25 NBMaterial Spec: SA 182 F 316 L Rating: 150# End Conn:-Flanged VSS No: KAPP-3&4/34713/2020/VSSNPCIL Spec: PC-E-135, PC-E-892"

Nos 3

Total = 0.0000 Total = 0.0000

Note:

1. INR - Indian Rupees

https://npcil.etenders.in/EN-ZXhjZWx3b3Jrcy90ZW5kZXJfdXBsb2FkX2V4Y2VsLzI4ODU0LzMzMTE1L1RDL0ZJTQ==

1 of 2 17-06-2017 12:50

2. Total Supply Price : The Bidder has to quote for all the items for both the projects and shall be considered for evaluation. the tendered items are non-splitable and non-divisible. As per evaluation criteria the order can't be divided.

3. Place of Delivery: RAPP-7,8 Stores, Rawatbhata, Via Kota, Rajasthan.

4. Taxes and Duties as applicable shall be quoted in ANNEXURE-B (Commercial Terms & Conditions of Bid) attached under Section-D of Tender Document.

5. The bidders are required to quote prices separately for all the items of the work for both the project i.e. KAPP-3,4 and RAPP-7,8.

6. Bidders may check their qualification to meet the Qualifying criteria stipulated under Appendix-X of Section-A.

7. Evaluation shall be done as above and in conjunction with Clause No. 15 of of Invitation to Tender and Tendering Conditions of Section-A .

8. Evaluation Criteria

Bider shall quote for all tendered items and the entire scope contained in the tender i.e. Manufacture, Inspection, Examination, Testing, Documentation, Supply, Preservation.Packaging, Guarantee and Safe Delivery of Ball Valves for Primary Piping systems (PHT.MOD and LWS) as per Price Schedule. Price Schedule for supply of Ball Valves forPrimary Piping System (PHT, MOD and LWS). Partial/invalid quotation shall be summarily rejected. Purchaser's decision in this respect shall be final and binding.

Scheduls/Bill of Quantities are to be read for the purpose of pricing in conjunction with the General Conditions of Contract, Special Conditions of Contract, technicalSpecifications and data sheet, Special Instructions to the Tenderer, etc. as contained in the Tender Documents. Prices are to be quoted in accordance with GCC Clause No. 5(contract price and payment) and corresponding SCC, if any.

Price Bid evaluation shall be based on total Price Schedule for both the projects together KAPP-3&4 and RAPP-7&8 i.e. atotal sum of Ex-works Prices and Safe DeliveryCharges. The tendered item is non divisible and non splitable i.e. the entire contract will be awarded to a single bidder. This should read in conjunction with clause 12.5 ofInvitation to Tender and Tendering Conditions of Section-A .

Depending on the qualifying criteria (Appendix-X of Section-A) the bidders are eligible to quote prices for both the projects.

Commercial Conditions such as Place of Delivery, Warranty Period etc. appearing in Technical Specification shall be ignored.

The evaluation criteria to be adopted for this tender are as follows:

i) The bidder shall have quoted for KAPP-3,4 and RAPP-7,8 and the bidder shall be techno commercially qualified for both the projects.

ii) Combined offer for items specified for KAPP-3,4 and RAPP-7,8 shall be evaluated and L-1 (combined) shall be determined.


2 of 2 17-06-2017 12:50

Tender No :- 27593


Template Name :- PRICE SCHEDULE FOR RAPP-7,8(II) (CIF Value forImported Items for RAPP-7,8)

Sr. No. Description Rate (in INR)

1 Limiting CIF Value in INR for imported Raw Materials / Components included in total indigeneous supply price indicated as per Price Schedule - I .


1 of 1 17-06-2017 11:45

Tender No :- 27593


Template Name :- PRICE SCHEDULE FOR RAPP-7,8(III) (Transportationand Transit Insurance Charges for RAPP-7,8)

Sr. No. Description Rate (in %)(INR)

1 Transportation Charges indicated at Column '8' of Price Schedule - I

2 Transit Insurance Charges indicated at Column '8' of Price Schedule - I


1 of 1 17-06-2017 11:46

NUCLEAR POWER CORPORATION OF INDIA LIMITED · 2017-06-17 · NUCLEAR POWER CORPORATION OF INDIA...

Documents

Transcript of NUCLEAR POWER CORPORATION OF INDIA LIMITED · 2017-06-17 · NUCLEAR POWER CORPORATION OF INDIA...